Search

Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1818, the type genus of Syllidae, is the largest and most diverse within the family. This genus presents many taxonomic, biogeographic, and phylogenetic problems due mainly to the lack of molecular data and morphological synapomorphies for many of the species, but also due to poor or inadequate descriptions. In order to improve the knowledge of the genus, we have undertaken a morphological revision of Australian species, based on type material and material collected over years by the Australian Museum. This is the third paper dealing with this family. Eighteen species are herein described, of which five are new and twelve are redescriptions of already known species, with four new combinations: Syllis imajimai, n. sp.; S. narranuk, n. sp.; S. noolinga, n. sp.; S. similisunzima, n. sp.; S. thylacine, n. sp.; S. busseltonensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1982) n. comb.; S. patriciae (Hartmann-Schröder, 1981) n. comb.; S. pharobroomensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1979) n. comb., S. pharynxcircunfusata (Hartmann-Schröder, 1979) n. comb, S. armillaris (O. F. Müller, 1771); S. augeneri Haswell, 1920; S. benelihauae (Campoy & Alquézar, 1982); S. hyalina Grube, 1863; S. cf. nigrescens Grube, 1878; S. profunda Cognetti, 1955; S. truncata Haswell, 1920; and S. variegata Grube, 1860.

A variety of nereidid species have been reported from the South China Sea, although little is known about the deep-sea species in this area. Recently, two specimens belonging to a novel nereidid polychaete were collected from a sedimentary habitat during an environmental survey to a deep-sea basin where cold seeps occur. This new species, Nereis tricirratasp. nov., is described herein, based on morphological and molecular analyses. The most noteworthy feature is the absence of eyes on the prostomium; it can be distinguished from other eyeless Nereis species by the arrangement of conical paragnaths on the pharynx, the nature of homogomph falcigers and the shape of notopodial lobes in posterior chaetigers. The reconstructed phylogenetic tree, using concatenated sequences of mtCOI, 16S, and 18S rRNA, showed that all Nereis species included in this study form a monophyletic clade with full support. The mtCOI-based interspecific comparisons revealed a high genetic divergence (23.1%–37.3% K2P) from four-eyed Nereis species with the available sequences. This is the first record of an eyeless Nereis species in the South China Sea.

Laubierpholoe massiliana Zhadan sp. nov. urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: 4D95E54D-F91E-409C-AA71-74563AD97E9A Figs 1–6 Diagnosis Body with 16–19 segments, 8–10 pairs of elytra; two pairs of closely arranged eyes; dorsal tentacular cirri of same length or slightly longer than ventral ones; notopodia smaller and shorter than neuropodia; notochaetae few (3–6), some neurochaetae with bidentate tips. Etymology The species name refers to the type locality (Massilia – the old Roman name for Marseille). Material examined All material investigated was collected in the Mediterranean Sea, Gulf of Lion, The Calanques, near Marseille (Fig. 1B –С). The coordinates of the entrance of the Jarre Cave: 43.19556° N, 5.3658333° E; for 3PP Cave: 43.16306° N, 5.6° E. Holotype FRANCE • 1 specimen (pharynx everted, anal cirri damaged; 17 segments; body length without pharynx and anal cirri 0.925 mm, including pharynx 1.31 mm, body width 150 µm, including elytra 490 µm, including chaetae 720 µm); Mediterranean Sea, Gulf of Lion, The Calanques, near Marseille, Jarre Cave, deep part; 43.19556° N; 5.3658333° E; depth 18 m; 24 Oct 2019; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; sampling box; silty sand; mesh size 130 µm; preservation in glutaraldehyde 2.5% in PBS, storage in ethanol 70%; field number Ma19-28-03; ZMMSU WS16462. Paratypes FRANCE • 15 specimens; same data as for holotype; preservation glutaraldehyde 2.5% in PBS, storage in ethanol 70% (7 specimens), SEM stubs (3 specimens), permanent slides (5 specimens); field number Ma 19-28-03; ZMMSU WS14001 • 6 specimens; same locality as for holotype; 12 Mar. 2020; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; sampling box; mesh size 130 µm; field number Ma 20-03-01; preservation in glutaraldehyde 2.5% in PBS, SEM stubs; ZMMSU WS16511 • 3 specimens; Jarre Cave, middle part; 10 May 2019; depth 19 m; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; sampling box; sandy silt; mesh size 130 µm; preservation in EtOH 96%; field number Ma 19-24-01; ZMMSU WS12418 • 3 specimens; 3PP Cave, middle part; 43.16306° N, 5.6° E; 28 Oct. 2019; depth 25 m; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; sampling box; clayey silt; mesh size 130 µm; preservation in glutaraldehyde 2.5% in PBS, storage in ethanol 70%; field number Ma 19-29-11; MNHN IA-TYPE 2058 • 2 specimens; same data as for preceding; SEM stubs; ZMMSU WS13977. Other material FRANCE • 6 specimens; 3PP Cave, middle part; 43.16306° N, 5.6° E; 10 May 2019; depth 25 m; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; sampling box; clayey silt; EtOH 96% (4 specimens), SEM stubs (2 specimens); field number MA19-20-01; ZMMSU WS12292 • 1 specimen; 3PP Cave, middle part; 43.16306° N, 5.6° E; depth 25 m; 7 May 2019; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; hand corer; clayey silt; mesh size 130 µm; DNA; field number Ma 19-13-01; ZMMSU WS12216; • 1 specimen; same locality as for preceding; 10 May 2019; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; sampling box; clayey silt; mesh size 130 µm; DNA; field number Ma 19-20-01; ZMMSU WS12619 • 1 specimen; 10 May 2019; 3PP Cave, deep part; 43.16306° N; 5.6° E; depth 25 m; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; sampling box; clayey silt; mesh size 130 µm; DNA; field number Ma 19-19-12; ZMMSU WS12617 • 1 specimen; Jarre Cave, middle; 43.19556° N; 5.36583° E; depth 19 m; 10 May 2019; P. Chevaldonné leg.; SCUBA-diving; sampling box; sandy silt; mesh size 130 µm; DNA; field number Ma 19-24-01; ZMMSU WS12437. Description (based on all specimens investigated) BODY. Short, up to 1.2 mm long (without appendages), up to 0.25 mm wide (without elytra), 0.65 mm (with elytra), 0.8 mm (with chaetae), 16–19 segments, body surface smooth. Living worms whitish, semi-transparent, often with transverse white stripe along anterior border of prostomium, intestine content yellowish to brown (Fig. 2A–B). Elytra 8–10 pairs, round, transparent, with few oval to cirriform papillae on surface and along lateral and posterior borders; some enclosing developing embryos (Figs 2A–C, E, 3A, C). Prostomium and tentacular segment fused; prostomium oval to trapezoidal, bilobed; lobes rounded with notches above tentaculophores (Figs 3D–G, 5A). Two pairs of very closely situated, almost fused eyes near anterolateral border, anterior pair larger than posterior (Figs 2A–F, 5A). Median antenna with large ceratophore and short style, dorsal in anterior notch of prostomium (Figs 3D–G, 5A). Tentacular segment bearing medial anterior horns and lateral tentaculophores with dorsal and ventral tentacular cirri; tentacular cirri longer than median antenna, ventral tentacular cirrus equal or subequal to dorsal cirrus (Figs 3D–G, 5A). Anterior horns conical, arising medially from ventral tentacular cirri (Figs 3D–G, 5A). Upper and lower lips bearing conical papillae with a single sensory cilium distally (Figs 3E–G, 4A). Palps very long, up to 250 µm, stout, tapering, ventrolateral to tentaculophores (Figs 2A, D–G, 3D–E, G, 5A). Segment 2 with first pair of bulbous elytrophores, biramous parapodia, ventral buccal cirri lateral to mouth, longer than dorsal tentacular cirri (Figs 3D–G, 5A), ventral cirri from segment 3 onwards smaller than buccal cirri (Fig. 4A). Pharynx reaching segment 7 when inverted, with two pairs of jaws, 9 dorsal and 9 similar-sized ventral border papillae or three median papillae slightly smaller than lateral (Figs 2C–D, F–H, 4B, 5D). PARAPODIA. Long, notopodia smaller and shorter than neuropodia, both with conical acicular lobes with projecting acicula; notopodia with two ciliated strips on dorsal side, one near base, the second subdistally (Figs 4C–D, 5C). Notochaetae few (3–6), slender, tapering to fine tips, straight or slightly curved, with series of small denticles (Figs 4C–D, 5B–C). Neurochaetae longer and stouter than notochaetae, compound (Figs 2D–G, 3A–B); shafts with long distal spines; upper blades slightly longer than lower; blades serrated, straight, falcate and of two types: supraacicular blades unidentate and subacicular blades uniand bidentate (bidentate tips distinct at high magnification, Figs 4C–G, 5B). Ventral cirri at neuropodial bases, thin, short, with round tips (Figs 4A, 5C). Pygidium with pair of very long anal cirri, up to 550 µm (Fig. 2A, C), easily lost; anus terminal. Type locality The Calanques, near Marseille, Jarre Cave (Fig. 1C). Distribution The Calanques, near Marseille, Jarre and 3PP marine caves. Ecology Inhabits the upper layer of soft sediments in the middle and deep parts of marine caves at a depth of 19– 25 m. The sediment type in Jarre Cave was defined as silty sand in the deep part and sandy silt in the middle part, and in 3PP Cave as clayey silt in both deep and middle parts (Table 2). Molecular data The trees obtained with the 18S rRNA and 28S rRNA concatenated dataset with BI (Fig. 6) and ML analyses (Supp. file 1) have similar topology. Analysed specimens of Laubierpholoe massiliana sp. nov. form a highly supported clade within Laubierpholoe (PP = 1, B = 100); their sequences are identical despite their origin from two different caves. Laubierpholoe (PP = 1, B = 97), Pholoe (PP = 1, B = 98) and Pholoinae (PP = 1, B = 100) are well-supported groups within Sigalionidae. Laubierpholoe includes L. massiliana sp. nov. and all other species present in GenBank (L. swedmarki and undescribed species A, B and C); it forms a sister group with Pholoe. The relationships of species of Laubierpholoe are different in BI and ML analyses and the subclades have low support. In the BI tree, L. massiliana sp. nov. is in a sister group with Laubierpholoe sp. C, and together they form a sister group with Laubierpholoe sp. A, Laubierpholoe sp. B and L. swedmarki; Laubierpholoe sp. B and L. swedmarki form a clade which is a sister group with Laubierpholoe sp. A. In the ML tree, L. massiliana sp. nov. is in a sister group with the clade comprising Laubierpholoe sp. B and Laubierpholoe sp. C, and together they form a sister group with the clade L. swedmarki – Laubierpholoe sp. A. Key to species of Laubierpholoe 1. Eyes absent; notopodium about as long as neuropodium......................... L. maryae Pettibone, 1992 – Eyes present...................................................................................................................................... 2 2. Dorsal tentacular cirri of same length or slightly longer than ventral; some neurochaetae with bidentate tips (look under high magnification)................................................... L. massiliana Zhadan sp. nov. – Dorsal tentacular cirri much longer than ventral, all neurochaetae unidentate................................ 3 3. All neurochaetal blades similar, short............................................................................................... 4 – Neurochaetal blades of different size and shape, can include spinigers, or smooth and serrate, or hook-like types.................................................................................................................................. 5 4. Dorsal tentacular cirrus of about same length as median antenna, eyes separate, notochaetae numerous (20–30).................................................................................................. L. antipoda (Hartman, 1967) – Dorsal tentacular cirrus twice as long as median antenna, eyes closely arranged, notochaetae few (2–4).................................................................................................... L. swedmarki (Laubier, 1975) 5. Notopodium longer than neuropodium, notochaetae numerous; neurochaetae of two types: supraacicular with blades long, tapering to capillary tips; subacicular with blades short........................................................................................................................................ L. riseri Pettibone, 1992 – Notopodium shorter and smaller than neuropodium, 4–8 notochaetae; neurochaetae starting from CH4 have serrated and smooth blades, posteriormost five segments also with hook-like neurochaetal blades............................................................................................ L. indooceanica Westheide, 2001., Published as part of Zhadan, Anna, Tzetlin, Alexander, Vortsepneva, Elena, Neretina, Tatiana & Chevaldonné, Pierre, 2023, New record and new species of Laubierpholoe Pettibone, 1992 (Annelida, Sigalionidae) from the soft bottom of submarine caves near Marseille (Mediterranean Sea) with discussion on phylogeny and ecology of the genus, pp. 47-69 in European Journal of Taxonomy 875 (1) on pages 53-60, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2023.875.2139, http://zenodo.org/record/8047341, {"references":["Pettibone M. H. 1992. Contribution to the polychaete family Pholoidae Kinberg. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 532: 1 - 24. https: // doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 00810282.532","Hartman O. 1967. Polychaetous annelids collected by the USNS Eltanin and Staten Island cruises, chiefly from Antarctic Seas. Allan Hancock Monographs in Marine Biology 2: 1 - 387.","Laubier L. 1975. Adaptations morphologiques et biologiques ches un aphroditien interstitiel: Pholoe swedmarki sp. n. Cahiers de Biologie marine 16 (311): 671 - 683.","Westheide W. 2001. Laubierpholoe indooceanica, a new interstitial polychaete (Pholoidae) from South India and the Seychelles. Cahiers de Biologie marine 42 (4): 327 - 332. https: // doi. org / 10.21411 / CBM. A. F 7 F 42276"]}

Genus Laubierpholoe Pettibone, 1992 Type species Pholoe antipoda Hartman, 1967. Diagnosis (after Pettibone 1992), emended (changes in bold) Body small, linear, with relatively few segments (up to 29). Elytra and elytrophores on segments 2, 4, 5, 7, continuing on alternate segments to 23, then on every segment to end of body. Dorsal tubercles on segments lacking elytra. Elytra delicate, with few short papillae on lateral border and on surface. Without dorsal cirri or branchiae. Prostomium and first or tentacular segment fused, ventrally forming anterior lip of mouth, without facial tubercle, with or without papillae. Prostomium rounded, bilobed; median antenna with ceratophore in anterior notch of prostomium; lateral antennae absent; with or without 2 pairs of eyes. Tentaculophores lateral to prostomium, achaetous, each with long dorsal and much shorter ventral tentacular cirrus or tentacular cirri of about same length; palps stout, very long, emerging ventral and lateral to tentaculophores, rugose. Second or buccal segment with first pair of large elytrophores and elytra, biramous parapodia, long ventral buccal cirri, and forming lateral and posterior lips of mouth. Muscular pharynx with 9 dorsal and 9 ventral border papillae and 2 pairs of jaws. Parapodia biramous; notopodial conical acicular lobe without subdistal bract; neuropodial conical acicular lobe without distal papillae. Notochaetae simple, slender, capillary, slightly curved and straight. Neurochaetae stouter than notochaetae, compound, falcigerous or spinigerous; shafts with or without distal spinules; blades capillary or falcate with unidentate or uni- and bidentate tips. Ventral cirri short, tapering, on all segments. Pygidium with pair of anal cirri. Development characterised by reduction of egg number and development of embryos and juveniles within elytra (elytral brooding)., Published as part of Zhadan, Anna, Tzetlin, Alexander, Vortsepneva, Elena, Neretina, Tatiana & Chevaldonné, Pierre, 2023, New record and new species of Laubierpholoe Pettibone, 1992 (Annelida, Sigalionidae) from the soft bottom of submarine caves near Marseille (Mediterranean Sea) with discussion on phylogeny and ecology of the genus, pp. 47-69 in European Journal of Taxonomy 875 (1) on page 52, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2023.875.2139, http://zenodo.org/record/8047341, {"references":["Pettibone M. H. 1992. Contribution to the polychaete family Pholoidae Kinberg. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 532: 1 - 24. https: // doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 00810282.532","Hartman O. 1967. Polychaetous annelids collected by the USNS Eltanin and Staten Island cruises, chiefly from Antarctic Seas. Allan Hancock Monographs in Marine Biology 2: 1 - 387."]}

Zhadan, Anna, Tzetlin, Alexander, Vortsepneva, Elena, Neretina, Tatiana, Chevaldonné, Pierre (2023): New record and new species of Laubierpholoe Pettibone, 1992 (Annelida, Sigalionidae) from the soft bottom of submarine caves near Marseille (Mediterranean Sea) with discussion on phylogeny and ecology of the genus. European Journal of Taxonomy 875 (1): 47-69, DOI: https://doi.org/10.5852/ejt.2023.875.2139, URL: http://zoobank.org/6203d3dd-4a9b-4ffb-905d-ecafb987792a

A remarkable new genus and species of scale worm (Annelida: Polynoidae) was found on the bottom sediments of an anchialine cave on the island of Mallorca (Balearic Islands, western Mediterranean). Specimens reach up to 2 cm long, lack eyes and body pigmentation except for a few scattered minute speckles and show enlarged parapodia and sensorial appendages. A red brain is visible through the translucent tegument. Morphological features resemble those of Eulagiscinae, currently comprising eight species in three genera. Phylogenetic analyses of mitochondrial and nuclear DNA sequences are not conclusive on the position of the new taxon but affinity to Eulagiscinae is not ruled out, particularly when taxa with missing data or non-homologous insertion sites are excluded from the analyses. Pollentia perezi gen. & sp. nov. is characterized by a unique set of morphological features: 13 pairs of dorsal elytra; a single type of notochaetae (stout, with spinous rows and pointed tip); and two types of neurochaetae (superior flattened, spinous with tridentate tip; inferior shorter and thinner, lanceolate and pectinate). Some characteristics, such as the long parapodial appendages and swimming habits, are shared with other cave scale worms. However, the new taxon is not closely related to the other two known cave-dwelling polynoids., M.C. was funded by the Ramón y Cajal programme (RYC-2016-20799) funded by Spanish Ministerio de Economía, Industria y Competitividad (MINECO), Agencia Estatal de Investigación, Govern de les Illes Balears and the European Social Fund.

The widely distributed polychaete family Polynoidae Kinberg, 1856 is found across all oceans and from shallow to deep waters, including deep-sea hydrothermal vents and hydrocarbon seeps. Taxa inhabiting chemosynthesis-based ecosystems are often endemic to those specific habitats commonly targeted by deep-sea mining, and understanding their species diversity is essential for shaping conservation plans. Here, we report two previously undescribed scale-worms in the genus Branchinotogluma Pettibone, 1985 from the Off Hatsushima hydrocarbon seep of Sagami Bay and the Nikko Seamount hydrothermal vent on the Izu-Ogasawara Arc, and describe them as B. nikkoensis sp. nov. and B. sagamiensis sp. nov. Branchinotogluma nikkoensis sp. nov. is distinguished from the known species by the following characters: i) ventral segmental lamellae near ventral bases of neuropodia present on segments 13–17, ii) dorsal tentacular cirri being longer than ventral tentacular cirri, iii) absence of dorsal tubercles. Branchinotogluma sagamiensis sp. nov. can be differentiated from other congeners by i) 20 segments, ii) dorsal tentacular cirri being longer than ventral tentacular cirri, iii) ventral segmental lamellae near ventral bases of neuropodia present on segments 13–18, and iv) thin median antennae. The two new species are distinct in both morphology and four gene sequences from the only two species previously known from Japan including Branchinotogluma japonicus (Miura & Hashimoto, 1991) and B. elytropapillata Zhang, Chen & Qiu, 2018, originally described from Kaikata Seamount vent on the Izu-Ogasawara Arc and Okinawa Trough, respectively

Key to species of Micropodarke Okuda, 1938 (modified after Rizzo & Salazar-Vallejo, 2014) 1 Adhesive glands rounded.............................................................................. 2 - Adhesive glands conical; antennae and palps of similar length; palp articulation duplicated; posterior prostomial margin with a semilunar ridge.............................. M. “ dubia ” Pleijel & Rouse, 2005 (non Hessle, 1925), California, USA 2 Antennae and palps of similar length; palpostyle medially swollen.............................................. 3 - Antennae shorter than palps; antennae thin and tapered, palpostyle not swollen.................................... 4 3 Antennae thick, blunt; palpostyle tapered.................... M. trilobata Hartmann-Schröder, 1983, Western Australia - Antennae thin, tapered; palpostyle blunt............... M. pleijeli, Rizzo & Salazar-Vallejo, 2014, central coast of Brazil 4 Neurochaetal blades with 2-4 basal denticles.................................................................... M. dubia (Hessle, 1925), Japan; M. “ dubia ” Pleijel & Rouse, 2005 (non Hessle, 1925), Hong Kong, China; M. cf. dubia, Daya Bay, China - Neurochaetal blades without basal denticles.................................... M. fujianensis n. sp., Fujian, China, Published as part of Wang, Zhi, Yang, Deyuan, Cai, Jian-Wen Qiu Minggang, Deng, Yongzhi & Ke, Caihuan, 2023, Micropodarke fujianensis n. sp. (Annelida: Hesionidae) from Fujian, China, pp. 279-288 in Zootaxa 5256 (3) on page 287, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5256.3.4, http://zenodo.org/record/7751650, {"references":["Rizzo, A. E. & Salazar-Vallejo, S. I. (2014) Hesionidae Grube, 1850 (Annelida: Polychaeta) from South-Southeastern Brazil, with descriptions of four new species. Zootaxa, 3856 (2), 267 - 291. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3856.2.7","Pleijel, F. & Rouse, G. (2005) A revision of Micropodarke (Psamathini, Hesionidae, Polychaeta). Journal of Natural History, 39 (17), 1313 - 1326. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222930400020129","Hessle, C. (1925) Einiges uber die Hesioniden und die Stellung der Gattung Ancistrosyllis. Arkiv for Zoologi, 17 a (10), 1 - 36."]}

Micropodarke fujianensis n. sp. (Figures 1–4, Tables 1–3) ZooBank URL: lsid:zoobank.org:act: 0FC2C74E-0B76-4142-8C3C-3991B7648D56 Type material. Holotype, XMU-Pol-2021-227, anterior fragment with 27 chaetigers, Dongshan, Fujian, 23°32'52.06"N, 117°26'40.78"E, subtidal, 33.9 m, sandy, 25 May 2021. Paratype #1, MBM286065, posterior fragment, 20 chaetigers, Dongshan, Fujian, 23°32'52.06"N, 117°26'40.78"E, subtidal, 30.8 m, sandy, 25 May 2021; Paratype #2, XMU-Pol-2021-229, complete, 34 chaetigers, Dongshan, Fujian, 23°34'31.45"N, 117°34'31.10"E, subtidal, 33.0 m, coarse sandy, 24 May 2021. Diagnosis. Presence of a pair of lateral antennae, a pair of biarticulated palps, distally knobbed segmental ventral adhesive papillae, around 20 papillae on anterior edge of pharynx. Median neurochaetae from middle segments without basally situated long teeth (“spurs”). Description. Holotype (XMU-Pol-2021-227) incomplete, anterior fragment with 27 chaetigers, body width without parapodia around 0.3 mm (Figure 2). Body long and thin. Prostomium rounded quadrangular, width twice length (Figure 2A). Eyes two pairs, located in posterior of prostomium, brown, similar in size; anterior pair kidneyshaped, posterior pair rounded (Figure 2A). Palps biarticulated. Palpophores cylindrical, similar in diameter with base of palpostyle; thin, tapered (Figure 2A, C). Lateral antennae thinner and slightly shorter than palps, tapered. Facial tubercle absent (Figure 2C). Pharynx without jaws or teeth, anterior edge with a ring of around 20 papillae (Figure 2C). Tentacular cirri 3 pairs, longest one reaching to chaetiger 5-6 (Figure 2A). Parapodia sub-biramous. Notoacicula single, slightly curved, extending to notopodial cirrophore; Neuroacicula single, straight, blunt (Figure 3A, D). Neuropodial prechaetal lobe linguliform; postchaetal lobe semicircular, shorter than prechaetal lobe (Figure 3A). Notopodial cirri biarticulated, cirrophore stout, short, cirrostyle as long as body width, tip moniliform, extending beyond chaetal tips. Neuropodial cirri digitiform, without cirrophores, distally slender, tip not extended beyond chaetal lobe (Figure 3A). Adhesive papillae rounded, situated postero-laterally to parapodia (Figure 2B). Notochaetae absent; neurochaetae 13–21 heterogomph falcigers per bundle, blades unidentate, length/width ratio from 6 to 13, with 5-7 longer bladed falcigers extending from neuroacicula, and 6-7 shorter bladed falcigers from both supra- and sub-neuroacicula in middle neuropodia (Figure 3 A-D). Blades of median neurochaetae longer than dorsal and ventral ones (Figure 3A), basally situated long teeth (“spurs”) absent (Figure 3B, C, D). Variation. The specimen of Paratype #1 has only posterior 20 chaeitgers, with 15-17 falcigers in middle chaetigers; the specimen of Paratype #2 with 34 chaetigers, with 13-14 falcigers in middle chaetigers. Due to the incomplete and small-sized specimens, no other apparent variations could be noted between the two type specimens. Remarks. All other Micropodarke species were characterized by bearing one to several basally situated long teeth (“spurs”) in median neurochaetal blades, therefore this morphological character was included in the previous diagnosis of the genus Micropodarke (Pleijel & Rouse 2005; Rizzo & Salazar-Vallejo 2014). M. fujianensis n. sp., however, differs from all described species in that its neurochaetae do not bear basal long teeth (Figure 3 B-D, G-I). In addition, M. fujianensis n. sp. differs from other Micropodarke species in a number of morphological characters. For instance, it differs from M. dubia and M. cf. dubia by having two pairs of smaller (vs. larger) eyes (Hessle 1925; Figure 2A, D), one (vs. 1-2) notoacicula (Uchida 2004; Figure 3A, D). It differs from M. pleijeli by having about 20 (vs. about 30) papillae on the frontal edge of the pharynx, and bearing two pairs of eyes (vs. bearing no eyes) (Figure 2A, C; Rizzo & Salazar-Vallejo 2014). It differs from M. trilobata by having thin and tapered (vs. thick and blunt) antennae, thin (vs. medially swollen) palpostyles, one (vs. 2) notoacicula and one (vs. 2) neuroacicula (Figure 2A; Hartmann-Schröder 1983). Etymology. The specific epithet fujianensis refers to the type locality, Fujian Province. Habitat. Subtidal sandy and coarse sandy sediment. Distribution. Currently only known from coastal waters of Dongshan, Fujian, China. Genetic distances. Table 3 showed the average K2P genetic distances among the known Micropodarke species. COI showed higher average K2P genetic distances than 16S rRNA and the other three gene markers. The average interspecific distances ranged from 14.6% (Micropodarke sp. A & M. cf. dubia) to 29.4% (Micropodarke sp. A & Micropodarke sp. B) for COI (523 bp), from 10.7% (M. cf. dubia & M. fujianensis n. sp.) to 16.2% (Micropodarke sp. A & M. fujianensis n. sp.) for 16S rRNA (379 bp), from 0.2% (Micropodarke sp. A & M. cf. dubia) to 1.2% (Micropodarke sp. A & M. fujianensis n. sp.) for 28S rRNA (736 bp). For histone H3 (281 bp), the K2P distance was 1.1% between M. cf. dubia & M. fujianensis n. sp.; while it was 0 for 18S rRNA (934 bp) among Micropodarke sp. A, M. cf. dubia, and M. fujianensis n. sp. The average intraspecific K2P genetic distances of M. fujianensis n. sp. (0.8% for COI, 0.4% for 16S rRNA, 0 for 18S rRNA, 28S rRNA, and histone H3), M. cf. dubia (0.2% for COI, 0.4% for 16S rRNA, 0 for 18S rRNA and histone H3, and 0.1% for 28S rRNA), and Micropodarke sp. B (0.1% for COI) are much smaller than the respective interspecific distances among Micropodarke species here listed in Table 2. Phylogenetic trees. Phylogenetic tree reconstructed based on COI gene sequences revealed that, among the four distinct species, Micropodarke fujianensis n. sp. (Dongshan) was sister to Micropodarke sp. B (British Columbia & Washington); together, they were sister to a clade consisting of Micropodarke sp. A (Lifou) and M. cf. dubia (Daya Bay) (Figure 4A). The same sister relationship between Micropodarke sp. A (Lifou) and M. cf. dubia (Daya Bay) was also found in the trees based on 16S rRNA and 28S rRNA gene sequences (Figure 4B, D). In the tree based on 18S rRNA gene sequences (Figure 4C), all the 934-bp sequences were identical, therefore the relationships among Micropodarke fujianensis n. sp. (Dongshan), M. cf. dubia (Daya Bay), and Micropodarke sp. A (Lifou) were undistinguishable. In the tree based on 28S rRNA gene sequences (Figure 4D), Micropodarke sp. A (Lifou) and M. cf. dubia (Daya Bay) first formed a clade, and then it was sister to the clade of M. fujianensis n. sp. (Dongshan). The tree based on histone H3 gene sequences included only Micropodarke fujianensis n. sp. (Dongshan) and M. cf. dubia (Daya Bay), which formed two distinct clades., Published as part of Wang, Zhi, Yang, Deyuan, Cai, Jian-Wen Qiu Minggang, Deng, Yongzhi & Ke, Caihuan, 2023, Micropodarke fujianensis n. sp. (Annelida: Hesionidae) from Fujian, China, pp. 279-288 in Zootaxa 5256 (3) on pages 282-286, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5256.3.4, http://zenodo.org/record/7751650, {"references":["Pleijel, F. & Rouse, G. (2005) A revision of Micropodarke (Psamathini, Hesionidae, Polychaeta). Journal of Natural History, 39 (17), 1313 - 1326. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222930400020129","Rizzo, A. E. & Salazar-Vallejo, S. I. (2014) Hesionidae Grube, 1850 (Annelida: Polychaeta) from South-Southeastern Brazil, with descriptions of four new species. Zootaxa, 3856 (2), 267 - 291. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3856.2.7","Hessle, C. (1925) Einiges uber die Hesioniden und die Stellung der Gattung Ancistrosyllis. Arkiv for Zoologi, 17 a (10), 1 - 36.","Uchida, H. (2004) Hesionidae (Annelida, Polichaeta [sic]) from Japan. I. Kuroshio Biosphere, 1, 27 - 92.","Carr, C. M., Hardy, S. M., Brown, T. M., Macdonald, T. A. & Hebert, P. D. (2011) A tri-oceanic perspective: DNA barcoding reveals geographic structure and cryptic diversity in Canadian polychaetes. PLOS One, 6 (7), e 22232. https: // doi. org / 10.1371 / journal. pone. 0022232"]}

Wang, Zhi, Yang, Deyuan, Cai, Jian-Wen Qiu Minggang, Deng, Yongzhi, Ke, Caihuan (2023): Micropodarke fujianensis n. sp. (Annelida: Hesionidae) from Fujian, China. Zootaxa 5256 (3): 279-288, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5256.3.4, URL: http://dx.doi.org/10.11646/zootaxa.5256.3.4

Clavisyllis tenjini n. sp. Cejp, Jimi & Aguado Figs. 3–8 Material examined: Four specimens: NSMT-Pol H-901 (holotype), NSMT-Pol P-902 (paratype 1), MNCN 16.01 /17366 (paratype 2); ZMUG 30258 (paratype 3). Japan, Ogasawara Islands, Chichijima Island, (27°05′39.7″N 142°11′42.4″E), light trap, coll. NJ by hand, 24 May 2015. Description: Holotype (NSMT-Pol H-901) 13,6 mm long, 62 chaetigers. Paratype 1 (NSMT-Pol P-902) 14,4 mm long, 62 chaetigers. Paratype 2 (incomplete) 11,2 mm long, 55 chaetigers (about 8–10 additional posterior chaetigers were used for molecular analyses; MNCN 16.01/17366). Paratype 3 cut in half and prepared for SEM (ZMUG 30258) (anterior part ca. 3,3 mm, ~21 chaetigers; posterior part 4,1 mm, ~26 chaetigers; overall around 7,4 mm and ~47 chaetigers). Body broad, elongated, dorsally arched (Fig. 3A). Dorsal surface of anterior segments with bunches of cilia (Figs 4A–C, 7E). Dorsal side covered at the sides with ovoid to round dorsal cirri, leaving an uncovered space in the middle along the anterior-posterior axis (Figs. 3A, C–D, 5A–F). From dorsal, parapodia are visible where not covered by dorsal cirri. Colour of in 70% ethanol preserved specimens white, eyes red, tips of many dorsal cirri bright yellow-orange (Figs. 3A–D, 5A–F). Prostomium rounded, with four eyes arranged in a rectangle (Figs. 3B, 5A–B, 6A). Two palps inserting ventrally, fused at the base. Two papillae at the anterior side of the base of the palps (ventral prostomial papillae in Figs. 6A–B). Antennae lost in holotype, antennophores of lateral antennae above the papillae, between the anterior eyes, median antennophore in the middle between the posterior eyes (Figs. 6A–B). Antennae of paratype 2 large and ovoid (Fig. 5A); no antennae preserved in other specimens. Two ovate projections emerging laterally from the prostomium, at the level between anterior and posterior eyes (Figs. 6A–B). Lateral projections as long as antennae but thinner and without antennophore. Nuchal organs long, sinuous, reaching parallelly until the 7 th chaetiger on the dorsal side (Figs. 3D, 4A), strongly ciliated and attached to the dorsal surface (Figs. 4B, C). Dorsally, two anterior extensions of the nuchal organs emerge (Figs. 3A–B, 5A–B, D–E, 6A–B). Nuchal extensions in shape and size similar to palps, with pointy tips. Lateral projections and nuchal extensions of paratype 2 smaller than in the other specimens (Fig. 5A). Two pairs of ovoid to balloon-like tentacular cirri. Dorsal cirri shaped the same way as tentacular cirri. Cirri of paratype 1 smaller than those of other specimens (Fig. 3A). Surface of dorsal cirri with a reticulate pattern. Dorsal cirri inserting alternately more dorsally and more ventrally on the side of each segment (Figs. 7A, D). Parapodia with distinct upper lobe and ventral cirrus ovoid in shape, slightly larger than dorsal lobe (Figs. 6C, 8C), between which bundles of chaetae emerge (Fig. 8C). Number of chaetae per bundle around 10–15 in the anterior part, increasing towards the mid-body. Chaetae compound, heterogomph falcigers (Figs. 8A–D). Bidentate blades with teeth similar in size and shape. Cutting edge with spines; basal spines short, spines in the middle of the edge long, exceeding the tip of the blade. Blades all similar in length (Figs. 6D, 8A–B). Two pointed acicula per parapodium. From the 11 th chaetiger until the end, parapodia strongly enlarged notopodium lobes with additional natatory simple chaetae (epigamic reproductive modifications) (Figs. 7C–D). Proventricle 6 to 7 segments long, beginning in chaetiger 5–7. Pharyngeal tooth and/or trepan not seen. Pygidium with two cirrophores (Fig. 7F). Distribution: Chichijima Island, Ogasawara Islands, Japan. Reproduction: All four specimens show strongly modified midbody-posterior parapodia with natatory chaetae (elongated simple notochaetae), indicating the individuals were in reproductive state at the time of sampling. This provides evidence for an epigamic reproduction in this species. Remarks: The characteristic ovoid, balloon like dorsal cirri with alternating insertion points are shared between all three species of Clavisyllis. The new species is larger than C. yongei (Watson 2009) and roughly as long as C. alternata with approximately the same number of segments (Aguado & San Martín 2008). Clavisyllis tenjini n. sp. also shares the shape of nuchal epaulettes with C. alternata, lacking however the unique and characteristic nuchal cirrus of the latter. Exclusive to the new species are the prominent nuchal extensions on the anterior end of the epaulettes, as well as lateral projections emerging from the sides of the prostomium. These morphological differences, together with the occurrence more than 4500 km far from the other Clavisyllis occurrences justify the designation to a new species. The presence of a pharyngeal tooth and/or trepan could not be assessed since the specimens were not dissected. There are currently very few Clavisyllis specimens available: one for C. alternata, one for C. yongei and four for C. tenjini n. sp. (one not complete, another prepared for SEM). The presence/absence of a pharyngeal tooth and/or a trepan would not influence the description of C. tenjini n. sp. as a new species. Hence, we preferred to keep the anterior end of the specimens with all its unique characteristics (lateral projections and dorsal nuchal extensions) not dissected. Etymology: The species name is dedicated to Tenjin (RDz), the patron or deity (kami) of academics, scholars and learners in Shinto religion of Japan., Published as part of Cejp, Benjamin, Jimi, Naoto & Aguado, M. Teresa, 2023, Another piece for the syllid puzzle: A new species from Japan and its mitochondrial genome reveal the enigmatic Clavisyllis (Phyllodocida: Syllidae) as a member of Eusyllinae, pp. 341-360 in Zootaxa 5244 (4) on pages 350-352, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5244.4.2, http://zenodo.org/record/7663560, {"references":["Watson, C. (2009) A New Species of Clavisyllis Knox, 1957 (Polychaeta: Syllidae): A Genus with the Unusual Distribution of New Zealand and the Great Barrier Reef, Northern Queensland, Australia. The Beagle: Records of the Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory, 25, 77 - 84.","Aguado, M. T. & San Martin, G. (2008) Re-description of some enigmatic genera of Syllidae (Phyllodocida: Polychaeta). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 88, 35 - 56. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 002531540800026 X"]}

Genus Clavisyllis Knox, 1957 Clavisyllis Knox, 1957: 493. Type species: Clavisyllis alternata Knox, 1957. Diagnosis: (modified from Aguado & San Martín 2008; Knox 1957; San Martín & Aguado 2022; Watson 2009): Macrofaunal species, body broad, subcylindrical. Palps fused at base, ventrally directed. Nuchal organs form two prominent, long, sinuous nuchal epaulettes and one additional single, digitiform nuchal cirrus (Clavisyllis alternata), or curved epaulettes with knob-like tips (Clavisyllis yongei), or two prominent, long, sinuous nuchal epaulettes with anterior extensions (Clavisyllis tenjini n. sp.). Prostomium with lateral projections in C. tenjini n. sp. Antennae, tentacular and dorsal cirri large, ovoid, inflated, with distinct cirrophores; ventral cirri ovoid. Dorsal cirri strongly alternating between lateral and dorsal segmental positions, to give the appearance of four longitudinal rows along the body. Parapodia uniramous with projecting upper lobe, 1–2 aciculae and compound heterogomph falcigers with blades having distinct bidentate tips and long spines. Pharynx and proventricle of similar length. Pharynx with single tooth or trepan of 12–13 teeth. Proventricle barrel-shaped. Member of Eusyllinae. Plesiomorphic mitochondrial gene order. Reproduction by epigamy (seen in C. tenjini n. sp.). Distribution: Australia: Great Barrier Reef, North Queensland; New Zealand: New Plymouth, North Island and Banks Pensinsula, South Island; Japan: Ogasawara Islands. Remarks: None of the previous authors were able to assign the genus to any subfamily of Syllidae (Aguado & San Martín 2008; Knox 1957; Watson 2009). To date, Clavisyllis has been included in a single phylogenetic analysis based on morphological data (Aguado & San Martín 2009). This study showed it sister to Lamellisyllis and both nested within Eusyllinae genera., Published as part of Cejp, Benjamin, Jimi, Naoto & Aguado, M. Teresa, 2023, Another piece for the syllid puzzle: A new species from Japan and its mitochondrial genome reveal the enigmatic Clavisyllis (Phyllodocida: Syllidae) as a member of Eusyllinae, pp. 341-360 in Zootaxa 5244 (4) on page 349, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5244.4.2, http://zenodo.org/record/7663560, {"references":["Knox, G. A. (1957) Clavisyllis alternata, gen. et sp. nov., a new polychaete from New Zealand. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 10, 493 - 496. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222935708655989","Aguado, M. T. & San Martin, G. (2008) Re-description of some enigmatic genera of Syllidae (Phyllodocida: Polychaeta). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 88, 35 - 56. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 002531540800026 X","San Martin, G. & Aguado, M. T. (2022) Syllidae Grube, 1850. In: Purschke, G., Boggemann, M. & Westheide, W. (Eds.), Pleistoannelida, Errantia II. De Gruyter, Berlin, pp. 152 - 308.","Watson, C. (2009) A New Species of Clavisyllis Knox, 1957 (Polychaeta: Syllidae): A Genus with the Unusual Distribution of New Zealand and the Great Barrier Reef, Northern Queensland, Australia. The Beagle: Records of the Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory, 25, 77 - 84.","Aguado, M. T. & San Martin, G. (2009) Phylogeny of Syllidae (Polychaeta) based on morphological data. Zoologica Scripta, 38, 379 - 402. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1463 - 6409.2008.00380. x"]}

The phylogenetic relationships of Syllidae have been analyzed in several studies during the last decades, resulting in highly congruent topologies. Most of the subfamilies were found to be monophyletic, while other groups (Eusyllinae and several genera) have been reorganized attending their phylogenetic relationships. However, there are still several enigmatic genera, which could not be assigned to any of the established subgroups. These enigmatic genera usually show a combination of characters indicating relationships with several different groups, and some show morphological traits unique to Syllidae. One of the most intriguing genera, still unclassified within Syllidae is Clavisyllis Knox. Herein, we provide a complete description of a new species Clavisyllis tenjini n. sp. from Japan. We sequence the complete mitochondrial genome, compare with the available data from other syllids, and perform a phylogenetic analysis of three genes (18S, 16S, COI), traditionally used in previous studies. Clavisyllis shows a unique combination of characters within Syllidae, such as nuchal lappets and large ovoid dorsal cirri. The new species has additional anterior appendages that have not been found in any other syllid. Our results show the genus is a member of Eusyllinae, closely related to Pionosyllis Malmgren. The mitochondrial gene order agrees with the considered plesiomorphic gene order in Annelida, which is present in all members of Eusyllinae investigated so far. Clavisyllis reproduces by epigamy, the reproductive mode of members of Eusyllinae. The present study contributes to the systematics of Syllidae, a complex group with a large number of species and striking reproductive modes.

Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto (2023): Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia. Zootaxa 5239 (2): 151-203, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, URL: http://dx.doi.org/10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1

Ceratonereis mirabilis Kinberg, 1865 Fig. 2A–G Ceratonereis mirabilis Kinberg, 1865: 170; Hartman 1948: 71–72; Imajima & Hartman 1964: 141–142; Day 1967: 324, fig. 14.10a–g; Imajima 1972: 64–66, figs 13a–s, 17; Hartmann-Schröder 1979: 113–114, figs 184–187; Hartmann-Schröder 1980: 58; Perkins 1980: 4–11, figs 1–4; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 98; Hartmann-Schröder 1985: 43, fig. 23; Imajima 2003: 170; Conde-Vela 2021: 305–309, figs 3–4. Type locality. Brazil. Material examined. WesternAustralia: Cowrie Creek, Bidyadanga, 18°32′23.82″S 121°46′09.91″E, 4November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11616). Cape Bosut, Bidyadanga, 18°42′4.99″S 121°37′34.11″E, 3 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11617). Cape Keraudren, 19°57′52.62″S 119°46′54.44″E, 5 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11618). Cemetery Beach, Port Hedland, 20°18′21.44″S 118°36′40.39″E, 2 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11619). Five Finger Reef, Ningaloo, 23°11′24.36″S 113°46′24.35″E, 19 September 2020, 4 specimens (WAM V11620). Gnaraloo, 23°46′21.83″S 113°32′9.24″E, 22 September 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11621). Coral Bay, Ningaloo, 23°9′16.27″S 113°46′4.40″E, 26 July 2016, 1 specimen (WAM V11622). Description. Incomplete specimens with 15–61 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 3.0– 19.4 mm long and 0.6–1.0 mm wide; cream yellow or reddish brown in alcohol. Dark brown pigment present on prostomium and tentacular segments, thin dark brown bands present on few anterior chaetigers. Prostomium wider than long, with antero-medial incision. Eyes two pairs, equal size, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores tubular, palpostyles subconical. Antennae one pair, as long as palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest ones extending to chaetiger 8–16. Pharyngeal jaws reddish brown or translucent in small specimens, curved at tips, with nine teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish black, present on maxillary ring only, arranged as follows: Area I= 0, Area II= 6–13 cones in an oblique oval, Area III= 8–14 cones in a circle, Area IV= 12–24 cones in a circle, Area V= 0, Area VI= 0 (1 rounded papilla in some specimens), Areas VII–VIII= 0 (Fig. 2A–B). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with digitiform dorsal and ventral ligules, dorsal ligules about half as long as ventral ligules in middle chaetigers and much smaller in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia in anterior chaetigers, nearer to distal edge of dorsal parapodia in posterior chaetigers, about five times longer than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with digitiform ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly longer than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers (Fig. 2C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers in anterior chaetigers, sesquigomph falcigers from chaetiger 13–19 (Fig. 2D). Notopodial falcigerous blades long, slightly curved, bidentate (with a small distal tooth), with fine serrations, serrations longer towards tips.Neurochaetae present with heterogomph falcigers (Fig.2E) and homogomph spinigers (Fig. 2F) in dorsal fascicles; falcigerous blades long, slightly curved, bidentate with fine serrations, serrations longer towards tips. Neurochaetae also present with heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 2G) and falcigers (Fig. 2H) in ventral fascicles; falcigerous blades long, slightly curved, unidentate (without a small distal tooth), with fine serrations, serrations longer towards tips. All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Acicula translucent. Remarks. Our specimens differ from Ceratonereis mirabilis from South Australia, Mozambique, Madagascar, Japan, and Brazil. Ceratonereis mirabilis from South Australia has more elongate conical paragnaths in some specimens, digitiform prechaetal lobes in dorsal neuropodial ligules, and heterogomoph spinigers in the dorsal fascicles of the neuropodia (Hutchings & Turvey 1982). Ceratonereis mirabilis from Mozambique and Madagascar has minutely papillated dorsum in posterior segments (Day 1967). Ceratonereis mirabilis from Japan has unidentate falcigers in noto- and neuropodia of some specimens (Imajima 1972). Ceratonereis mirabilis from Brazil has fewer teeth on each jaw (7) and heterogomph spinigers in the dorsal fascicles of the neuropodia (Conde-Vela 2021). The degree of variation in C. mirabilis is highly suggestive of a species complex. Assessing specimens using molecular and morphological evidence of atokes and epitokes across the oceans: Indian Ocean (Mozambique, Madagascar, and Western Australia), and Southern Ocean (South Australia), Pacific (Japan), and Atlantic (Brazil) will be required to establish the possible presence of additional species. Ceratonereis species from Western Australia, i.e., Ceratonereis (Ceratonereis) perkinsi Hartmann-Schröder, 1985; Ceratonereis singularis australis HartmannSchröder, 1985; Ceratonereis (Ceratonereis) longiceratophora Hartmann-Schröder, 1985; and Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg, 1865, differ from the present material. Ceratonereis perkinsi and C. singularis australis have unidentate falcigers in notopodia, instead of bidentate falcigers for C. mirabilis. Ceratonereis longiceratophora has only bidentate falcigers in ventral fascicles of neuropodia, instead of both unidentate and bidentate falcigers or only unidentate falcigers for C. mirabilis. Ceratonereis tentaculata has longer dorsal notopodial ligules than those of C. mirabilis. Distribution. Indo-Pacific Ocean: Red Sea, Australia, Japan, Galapagos Islands; and the western Atlantic Ocean: Brazil, Gulf of Mexico (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 156-157, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Kinberg, J. (1865) Annulata nova. Ofversigt Kongliga Vetenskaps-akademiens forhandlingar Stockholm, 22, 167 - 179.","Hartman, O. (1948) The marine annelids erected by Kinberg with notes on some other types in the Swedish state museum. Arkiv For Zoologi, 42 A, 1 - 137.","Imajima, M. & Hartman, O. (1964) The polychaetous annelids of Japan. Part I. Allan Hancock Foundation Occasional Paper, 26, 1 - 237.","Day, J. H. (1967) A Monograph of the Polychaeta of Southern Africa. Part 1 Errantia. British Museum of Natural History Publication No. 656. British Museum of Natural History, London, 458 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 8596","Imajima, M. (1972) Review of the annelid worms of the Family Nereidae of Japan, with descriptions of five new species or subspecies. Bulletin of the National Science Museum Tokyo, 15, 37 - 153.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Derby im Norden und Port Hedland im S ¸ den). Teil 2 und Teil 3. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 76. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 77 - 218.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1980) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson im Norden und Exmouth im S ¸ den). In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 77. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 41 - 110.","Perkins, T. (1980) Review of species previously referred to Ceratonereis mirabilis, and descriptions of new species of Ceratonereis, Nepthys, and Goniada (Polychaeta). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 93, 1 - 49.","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1985) Mit besonderer ber ¸ cksichtigung der arten mit eingeschnittenem prostomium. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, 82, 37 - 59.","Imajima, M. (2003) Polychaetous Annelids from Sagami Bay and Sagami Sea collected by the Emperor Showa of Japan and Deposited at the Showa Memorial Institute, National Science Museum, Tokyo (II). National Science Museum, Tokyo, 221 pp.","Conde-Vela, V. (2021) Revision of Ceratonereis Kinberg, 1865 recorded from the Caribbean sea, with description of two new Ceratonereis species and a new combination of Platynereis Kinberg, 1865. Zootaxa, 5026 (3), 301 - 343. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 5026.3.1"]}

Nereis yuedensis n. sp. Fig. 11A–J Nereis cf. jacksoni Hartmann-Schröder, 1982: 78. Not Kinberg, 1865. Material examined. Holotype. Western Australia: Dynamite Bay, Green Head, 30°04′15.62″S 114°57′44.93″E, 28 December 2020, 1specimen (WAM V11661). Paratypes: Dynamite Bay, Green Head, 30°04′15.62″S 114°57′44.93″E, 28 December 2020, 9 specimens (WAM V11662). Dynamite Bay, Green Head, 30°04′15.62″S 114°57′44.93″E, 28 December 2020, male epitoke, 1 specimen (WAM V11663). Description. A holotype specimen incomplete, posterior end missing, with 45 chaetigers, remaining body 9.9 mm long and 0.6 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in rectangular arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 3. Pharyngeal jaws reddish brown, curved at tips, with seven teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths small, translucent to reddish, conical, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 0, Area II= 1 on left and 2 on right, Area III= 0, Area IV= 3 on left and 6 on right, in one curved row each side, Area V= 0, Area VI= 0, Areas VII–VIII= 10 in one row (Fig. 11A–B). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with strongly reduced dorsal ligules from first chaetiger and conical ventral ligules. Dorsal cirri digitiform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about twice longer than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with conical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, as long as ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers (Fig. 11C–E). Notochaetae present with homogomph falcigers from chaetiger 3, one for each notopodia.Notopodial falcigerous blades short, with terminal and three large lateral teeth in anterior chaetigers (Fig. 11F), two large lateral teeth and two smaller teeth basally in posterior chaetigers (Fig. 11G). Neurochaetae present with heterogomph falcigers and homogomph spinigers (Fig. 11H) in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 11I) and falcigers (Fig. 11J) in ventral fascicles. Neuropodial falcigerous and spinigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Acicula reddish brown to black. Variations in paratypes. Complete specimens present with 32–44 chaetigers, body 3.9–6.8 mm long and 0.3–0.4 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Incomplete specimens present with 35–38 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 4.7–9.3 mm long and 0.4–0.5 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. An incomplete, male epitokous specimen present with 51 chaetigers, anal cirri missing, body 10.2 mm long and 0.6 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Longest tentacular cirri extending to chaetiger 1–3. Area VI present with 2–3 cones, Areas VII–VIII present with 8–10 cones in one row, other Areas difficult to see. Notopodial falcigerous blades short, with terminal and two large lateral teeth and one smaller tooth basally. Pygidium present with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last three chaetigers. A male epitokous specimen present with black, enlarged, overlapping paired eyes. Body divided into 11 prenatatory chaetigers, 23 natatory chaetigers, and 17 post-natatory chaetigers. Parapodia elongated, neuropodial postchaetal lobes modified into large, flat lamella in natatory chaetigers. Dorsal cirri swollen basally with elongated lateral papillae in first seven pre-natatory chaetigers, slender and longer with shorter and more papillae in natatory chaetigers, unmodified in post-natatory chaetigers. Ventral cirri swollen basally with lateral papillae in first four pre-natatory chaetigers, slender and longer in natatory chaetigers, unmodified in post-natatory chaetigers. Paddleshaped notochaetae present in natatory chaetigers. Remarks. The number and arrangement of paragnaths were evaluated based on the holotype and two paratype specimens (including an epitokous specimen). Other paratype specimens had retracted pharynx and were too small to dissect ventrally. Nevertheless, important taxonomic characters, including parapodia and chaetae, were consistent with those of the holotype and paratype specimens with everted pharynx. Nereis yuedensis n. sp. resembles those Nereis species having one row of paragnaths on Areas VII–VIII and notopodial homogomph falcigers with at least one large lateral tooth, including N. bifida Hutchings & Turvey, 1982; N. denhamensis Augener, 1913; N. falcaria (Willey, 1905); N. heirissonensis Augener, 1913; N. panamensis Fauchald, 1977; N. spinigera Hutchings & Turvey, 1982; N. taitungensis Hsueh, 2020; N. taiwanensis Hsueh, 2020; and N. usticensis Cantone, Catalono & Badalamenti, 2003. However, notopodial homogomph falcigers of the latter species often begin after chaetiger 10 or from median chaetigers. Nereis yuedensis n. sp. also differs in the distinct arrangement of lateral teeth of the notopodial falcigers, the absence of notopodial dorsal ligules, and the arrangement of paragnaths (Table 3). Nereis yuedensis n. sp. differs from N. cockburnensis. The first notopodial homogomph falcigers of both species appear at chaetiger 3, but those of the latter species are present with serrated lateral teeth and the remaining falcigers are present with a long terminal tooth and much smaller teeth basally. In addition, N. cockburnensis has more paragnaths on both maxillary and oral rings and well-developed dorsal notopodial ligules throughout chaetigers. Hartmann-Schröder (1982) assigned a nereidid specimen having notopodial homogomph falcigers at least from chaetiger 5 with 3–4 teeth from Jurien Bay (about 25 km from the type locality of N. yuedensis n. sp.) to Nereis cf. jacksoni, yet the arrangement of paragnaths of the specimen was not described. The characteristics of notopodial homogomph falcigers of that specimen is similar to those of N. yuedensis n. sp, and thus they are probably same species. Etymology. The species is named in honour of the Aboriginal people of the Dynamite Bay area, the Yued (Yued is also the name of the region and dialect group), who are part of the broader group of Noongar Aboriginal Australians who have lived in the southwest corner of Western Australia for approximately 40,000 years. The Yued name for the bay is Cuencandjaa, meaning ‘mouthful of sand’. Distribution. Dynamite Bay, Green Head, Western Australia. Although records are limited, at this stage the new species is possibly endemic to temperate Australia realm (Table 2). Habitat. Rocky shores, intertidal (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 172-173, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1982) Die polychaeten der subtropisch-antiborealen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Cervantes im Norden und Cape Naturaliste im S ¸ den). Teil 8. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 79. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 51 - 118.","Kinberg, J. (1865) Annulata nova. Ofversigt Kongliga Vetenskaps-akademiens forhandlingar Stockholm, 22, 167 - 179.","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.), Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Verlag von Gustav Fischer, Jena, pp. 65 - 304.","Willey, A. (1905) Report on the Polychaeta collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar by W. A. Herdman, with supplementary reports upon the Marine Biology of Ceylon, by Other Naturalists, Part IV, Supplementary Reports, 30, 243 - 324.","Fauchald, K. (1977) Polychaetes from intertidal areas in Panama, with a review of previous shallow water records. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 221, 1 - 81. https: // doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 00810282.221","Hsueh, P. - W. (2020) New species of Nereis (Annelida, Polychaeta, Nereididae) from Taiwanese waters. Zootaxa, 4802 (1), 1 - 31. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4802.1.1"]}

Neanthes unifasciata (Willey, 1905) Figs 5A–H, 19C–D Nereis unifasciata Willey, 1905: 271–272, pl. 4, figs 85–88; Ehlers 1918: 237–238; Fauvel 1932: 93; Fauvel 1953: 182–183, fig. 92.a–h. Nereis (Neanthes) unifasciata.— Day 1967: 318, fig. 14.7.u–y. Neanthes unifasciata.— Mohammad 1973: 29; Pamungkas & Glasby 2015: 9–11, fig. 4A–B. Type locality. Gulf of Mannar, Sri Lanka. Material examined. Western Australia: Cowrie Creek, Bidyadanga, 18°32′23.82″S 121°46′09.91″E, 4 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11627). Cape Keraudren, 19°57′46.76″S 119°46′58.51″E, 5 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11628). Cemetery Beach, Port Hedland, 20°18′21.44″S 118°36′40.39″E, 2 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11629). Comparative material. Neanthes unifasciata, det. C. Glasby, Field Island, Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory, 12°3.431′S 132°24.557′E, 1 (NTM W19021), coll. C.J. Glasby & S.K. Horner, 19 August 2004. Description. A complete specimen with 78 chaetigers, body 20.1 mm long and 0.7 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Incomplete specimens with 28–61 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 7.2–15.3 mm long and 0.8–1.4 mm wide; light green or cream yellow in alcohol. Dark green or brown bands present on posterior half of chaetiger 2, gradually disappearing towards chaetiger 11–12. Prostomium longer than wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 6 (Fig. 5A). Pharyngeal jaws reddish brown, curved at tips, with 11 teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish black, conical, present on both maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 0–1, Area II= 10–16 in two curved rows, Area III= 8 in two rows, Area IV= 20–22 in curved rows, Area V= 0, Area VI= 6–8, small, in two rows, Areas VII–VIII= 9–10 in one row (Fig. 5B). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. First chaetiger uniramous. Notopodia present with digitiform dorsal and ventral ligules throughout chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about twice longer than dorsal ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with digitiform ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and conical postchaetal lobes extending well beyond acicular ligule tips. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, shorter than ventral ligules, similar length throughout all chaetigers (Fig. 5C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers. Neurochaetae present with heterogomph falcigers and homogomph spinigers (Fig. 5D) in dorsal fascicles and heterogomph falcigers (Fig. 5E, 5G) and spinigers (Fig. 5F) in ventral fascicles. Spinigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Falcigerous blades medium size, slightly curved, with a small hook at tip and subdistal tendon (only visible in Fig. 5G). Acicula translucent. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last three chaetigers. Remarks. In our specimens, Area III has fewer paragnaths than that of epitokous specimens from Indonesia (22–25 cones) (Pamungkas & Glasby 2015) and those paragnaths are arranged in two rows, instead of three in specimens from southern India (Fauvel 1932, 1953). Paragnaths on Areas VII–VIII can also be arranged in two rows in specimens from Kuwait (Mohammad 1973). In the original description, neurochaetae in the ventral fascicles consist of heterogomph falcigers and hemigomph (incomplete heterogomph) spinigers (Willey 1905) but those spinigers were described as heterogomph by Ehlers (1918). Other studies did not describe the composition of neurochaetae (Fauvel 1932, 1953; Day 1967; Mohammad 1973; Pamungkas & Glasby 2015). The comparative material from Northern Territory matched closely the Western Australian material, except that the antennae extended beyond the palps in the Northern Territory material (Fig. 19C–D). The chaetae of the comparative material, imaged under a 60 x plan apochromatic objective lens, revealed fine serrations on the heterogomph falcigers (Fig. 5H), which are difficult to see under lower magnifications. Distribution. Tropical Indo-West Pacific; in Australia confirmed that the species occurs from Cape Keraudren, Western Australia to Kakadu, Northern Territory (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 161-162, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Willey, A. (1905) Report on the Polychaeta collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar by W. A. Herdman, with supplementary reports upon the Marine Biology of Ceylon, by Other Naturalists, Part IV, Supplementary Reports, 30, 243 - 324.","Ehlers, E. (1918) Polychaete Anneliden von den Aru- und Kei-Inseln. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 35 (2), 229 - 259.","Fauvel, P. (1932) Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Memoirs of the Indian Museum, 12, 1 - 262.","Fauvel, P. (1953) Annelida Polychaeta. In: Seymour Sewell, R. B. (Ed.), The Fauna of India, including Pakistan, Ceylon, Burma and Malaya. The Indian Press Ltd, Allahabad, pp. 1 - 507.","Day, J. H. (1967) A Monograph of the Polychaeta of Southern Africa. Part 1 Errantia. British Museum of Natural History Publication No. 656. British Museum of Natural History, London, 458 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 8596","Mohammad, M. - B. M. (1973) New species and records of polychaete annelids from Kuwait, Arabian Gulf. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 52, 23 - 44. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1096 - 3642.1973. tb 01876. x","Pamungkas, J. & Glasby, C. J. (2015) Taxonomy of reproductive Nereididae (Annelida) in multispecies swarms at Ambon Island, Indonesia. ZooKeys, 520, 1 - 25. https: // doi. org / 10.3897 / zookeys. 520.9581"]}

Micronereis halei Hartman, 1954 Fig. 3B–E Micronereis halei Hartman, 1954: 25–26, figs 18–21; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 104, fig. 4a; Paxton 1983: 13–14, figs 31–33; Hartmann-Schröder 1983: 140; Hartmann-Schröder 1984: 30; Hartmann-Schröder 1986: 50. Type locality. Sellicks Beach, South Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Cosy Corner Beach, 34°15′25.83″S 115°1′43.23″E, 14 December 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11624). Description. A complete specimen with 24 chaetigers, body 4.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal size, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps minute, simple, directed ventrally. Antennae absent. Tentacular cirri four pairs, smooth, longest one extends to chaetiger 3 (Fig. 3B). Apodous segment reduced. First chaetiger uniramous. Notopodia and neuropodia widely separated, comprising a single lobe each, subtriangular distally. Dorsal and ventral cirri cirriform, attached subdistally and basally, respectively, on parapodia, both similar length throughout chaetigers. Accessory parapodial cirri absent (Fig. 3C). Notochaetae and neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers, shafts without septa. Spinigerous blades long, smooth, with fine tips (Fig. 3D) and some with sub-spherical caps (Fig. 3E). Pygidium present with short anal cirri, conical, as long as last chaetiger. Remarks. This specimen is juvenile. The adult species have 27 chaetigers (Paxton 1983). Micronereis halei has accessory parapodial cirri on the ventral side of the notopodia and the dorsal side of the neuropodia (Hartman 1954), but we and Hartmann-Schröder (1983; 1986) cannot find those cirri perhaps due to them being juvenile specimens (Paxton 1983) or females (Hartmann-Schröder 1983). In our specimen and materials examined by Hartman (1954), spinigers are smooth, instead of serrated (Hartmann-Schröder 1983). Chaetae may also consist of homogomph falcigers (Paxton 1983), but we agree that those are modified homogomph spinigers with sub-spherical caps (Fig. 3E) as also observed by Hutchings & Turvey (1982). Distribution. Temperate Australia: South-West Australia, South Australia, Victoria (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 158-159, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Hartman, O. (1954) Australian Nereidae including descriptions of three new species and one genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 77, 1 - 41.","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Paxton, H. (1983) Revision of the Genus Micronereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae: Notophycinae). Records of the Australian Museum, 35, 1 - 18. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.35.1983.299","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1983) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Dunsborough im Norden und Denmark im s ¸ den). Teil 9. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 80. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 123 - 167.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Teil 10. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 81. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 7 - 62.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1986) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Wallaroo im Westen und Port MacDonnell im Osten). Tiel 12. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 83. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 31 - 70."]}

Perinereis helleri (Grube, 1878) Figs 12A–F, 20A–B Nereis (Perinereis) helleri Grube, 1878: 81–82. Perinereis helleri.—Monro 1931: 14–15, fig. 8a–c; Russell 1962: 7; Wu 1967: 66; Rozbaczylo & Castilla 1973: 220–221; Hartmann-Schröder 1979: 116, figs 199–202; Hutchings et al. 1991: 254–255, fig. 9a–c; Pamungkas & Glasby 2015: 15–17, fig. 6A–B. Type locality. Bohol, Philippines. Material examined. Western Australia: Lighthouse Bay, Ningaloo, 21°48′19.86″S 114° 7′48.61″E, 26 September 2020, 1 (WAM V11664). Three Mile, 23°52′32.41″S 113°29′38.72″E, 23 September 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11665). Comparative material. Perinereis helleri, det. C. Glasby, Fishermans Wharf, Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, 12°29′S 130°52′E, intertidal, under rocks and in crevices, coll. C.J. Glasby & P. Schroeder, 3 August 2004, 1 (NTM W19020). Description. Incomplete specimens with 33–35 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 9.3–27.2 mm long and 0.9–2.8 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest ones extending to chaetiger 5. Pharyngeal jaws reddish black, curved at tips, with eight teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish black, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 5–6 cones, Area II= 10–12 cones in three curved rows, Area III= 9–13 cones with 2 cones at lateral of main group, Area IV= 17–20 cones, Area V= 3 cones in a triangle, Area VI= 1 smooth bar, Areas VII–VIII= 42–44 cones in two rows (Fig. 12A–B). Apodous segment slightly longer than first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with subconical dorsal and ventral ligules in anterior chaetigers, become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Notopodial ligules not greatly expanded posteriorly. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, as long as dorsal ligules. Neuropodia with subconical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and rounded postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips; ventral ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, shorter than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers (Fig. 12C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers. Neurochaetae heterogomph falcigers (Fig. 12D) and homogomph spinigers (Fig. 12E) in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph falcigers and spinigers (Fig. 12F) in ventral fascicles. Homogomph spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations, longer than heterogomph spinigerous blades. Falcigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Remarks. The specimen examined here fits the description of the species by Hutchings et al. (1991), except for the shorter posterodorsal tentacular cirri (only extending to chaetiger 5 vs. to chaetiger 8–16 and having more paragnaths in Area I (5–6 vs. 1–2). However, comparative material from Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory showed intermediate numbers of paragnaths in Area I (3), while having the longer posterodorsal tentacular cirri (at least to chaetiger 12) (Fig. 20A–B), thus we view the differences as intraspecific variation. Our specimens from Ningaloo and Three Mile extend to the southerly distribution of this species, which was previously reported only as far south as Enderby Island (20°36′S). Distribution. Indo-Pacific: Taiwan, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, Chile (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, mudflat, rocky shores., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 174-175, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Grube, A. E. (1878) Annulata Semperiana. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Annelidenfauna der Philippinen nach den von Herrn Prof. Semper mitgebrachten Sammlungen. Memoires l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. - Petersbourg, Serie 7, 25 (8), 1 - 300.","Wu, S. (1967) The nereid worms of Taiwan. Bulletin of the Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica, 6, 47 - 76.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Derby im Norden und Port Hedland im S ¸ den). Teil 2 und Teil 3. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 76. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 77 - 218.","Pamungkas, J. & Glasby, C. J. (2015) Taxonomy of reproductive Nereididae (Annelida) in multispecies swarms at Ambon Island, Indonesia. ZooKeys, 520, 1 - 25. https: // doi. org / 10.3897 / zookeys. 520.9581"]}

Micronereis bansei (Hartmann-Schröder, 1979) Fig. 3A Quadricirra bansei Hartmann-Schröder, 1979: 121–122, figs 227–237. Micronereis bansei.— Paxton 1983: 11–12, figs 14–27; Glasby 2015: 215–217, fig. 2D. Type locality. Gantheaume Point, Broome, Western Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Cooke Point, Port Hedland, 20°18′9.71″S 118°38′21.00″E, 1 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11623). Description. A complete specimen with 17 chaetigers, body 1.7 mm long and 0.2 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium longer than wide. Eyes reddish black, two pairs, in trapezoidal arrangement, outer ones longer. Palps minute, simple, directed ventrally. Antennae absent. Tentacular cirri four pairs, smooth, longest one extending to chaetiger 3. Apodous segment reduced. First chaetiger uniramous. Notopodia and neuropodia widely separated, comprising a single lobe each, subtriangular distally. Dorsal and ventral cirri cirriform, attached near edge of parapodia, similar length throughout all chaetigers. Small accessory cirri present on ventral side of notopodia and dorsal side of neuropodia. Notochaetae and neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers, shafts with weak septa (Fig. 3A). All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Pygidium present with very short anal cirri. Remarks. This specimen is juvenile, and therefore the identification is tentative. The adult species consist of 20–22 chaetigers (Paxton 1983). Accessory parapodial cirri are absent in females (Hartmann-Schröder 1979). Distribution. Australia: Western Australia, Queensland, New South Wales; Egypt: Port Said (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, 2-18 m, rocky shores, sand (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on page 158, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Derby im Norden und Port Hedland im S ¸ den). Teil 2 und Teil 3. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 76. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 77 - 218.","Paxton, H. (1983) Revision of the Genus Micronereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae: Notophycinae). Records of the Australian Museum, 35, 1 - 18. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.35.1983.299","Glasby, C. J. (2015) Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) of Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Zootaxa, 4019 (1), 207 - 239. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4019.1.11"]}

Nereis bifida Hutchings & Turvey, 1982 Fig. 6A–G Nereis bifida Hutchings & Turvey, 1982: 116–119, fig. 9.a–c; Wilson 1985: 130–132, fig. 2. Nereis (Nereis) bifida.— Hartmann-Schröder 1984: 27; Hartmann-Schröder 1990: 60. Type locality. Speeds Point, near Streaky Bay, South Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: False Cape Bosut, Bidyadanga, 18°34′18.40″S 121°43′42.87″E, 3 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11630). Yardie Creek, Ningaloo, 22°19′35.90″S 113°48′33.70″E, 24 September 2020, 3 specimens (WAM V11631). Three Mile, 23°52′32.41″S 113°29′38.72″E, 23 September 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11632). Description. Complete specimens with 45–52 chaetigers, body 6.5–10.5 mm long and 0.4–0.8 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Incomplete specimens with 31–47 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 6.0– 12.7 mm long and 0.5–0.7 mm wide; cream yellow to reddish brown in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, outer ones slightly larger, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, extending to level of palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 2–3. Pharyngeal jaws yellow translucent, curved at tips, with eight teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish to black, conical, present on both maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 0, Area II= 1, Area III= 0, Area IV= 2–4 in one row, Area V= 0, Area VI= 0, Areas VII–VIII= 2–5 small, widely spaced, in one row (Fig. 6A–B). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with digitiform dorsal and ventral ligules, dorsal ligules reduced but still visible in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about 1.5 times longer than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with digitiform ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly shorter than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers (Fig. 6C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers in anterior chaetigers, homogomph falcigers (Fig. 6D) from chaetiger 19–27 for large specimens or chaetiger 11–16 for small specimens. Notopodial falcigerous blades long, slightly curved at tip, with terminal and one large lateral tooth, few smaller teeth basally in posterior chaetigers. Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 6E) and heterogomph falcigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 6F) and falcigers (Fig. 6G) in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Neuropodial falcigerous blades long, slightly curved, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last one to three chaetigers. Remarks. Our specimens agree well with the original description of N. bifida (Hutchings & Turvey 1982). Wilson (1985) found that the longest tentacular cirri of N. bifida extended to chaetiger 2–7, longer than those of our specimens and the original description. Hartmann-Schröder (1990) found 10–11 teeth on each jaw, more teeth than our specimens and material examined by previous studies (Hutchings & Turvey 1982; Wilson 1985). In small animals, dorsal notopodial ligules are absent in posterior chaetigers (Hartmann-Schröder 1984). Distribution. Temperate Australia: Western Australia, South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania, New South Wales (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, rocky shores, seagrass beds (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 163-164, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Wilson, R. S. (1985) Nereis and Platynereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with description of a new species of Nereis. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 97, 129 - 138.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Teil 10. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 81. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 7 - 62.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1990) Die polychaeten der subtropisch-tropischen und tropischen Ostk ¸ ste Australiens zwischen Lake Macquarie (New South Wales) im S ¸ den und Gladstone (Queensland) im Norden. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 87. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 41 - 87."]}

Nereis denhamensis Augener, 1913 Figs 8A–G, 19G–H Nereis denhamensis Augener, 1913: 156–159, fig. 16.a–b, pl. 3, fig. 51u; Fauvel 1917: 204–206, pl. 6, figs 45–46; Kott 1951: 99–101, figs 3.s–y, 4.l–q; Hartman 1954: 30–31; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 124–125, fig. 11.a–k; Wilson 1985: 133–134; Glasby et al. 2013: 253–255, fig. 5A–B. Nereis (Nereis) denhamensis.— Hartmann-Schröder 1980: 58, figs 47–55; Hartmann-Schröder 1984: 27. Type locality. Shark Bay, Western Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Cape Bosut, Bidyadanga, 18°42′04.99″S 121°37′34.11″E, 3 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11642). Cape Keraudren, 19°57′51.30″S 119°47′16.94″E, 5 November 2020, male epitoke, 1 specimen (WAM V11643). North West Cape, Ningaloo, 21°47′35.17″S 114°10′22.77″E, 27 September 2020, 3 specimens (WAM V11644). Lighthouse Bay, Ningaloo, 21°48′19.86″S 114°07′48.61″E, 26 September 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11645). Jurabi, Ningaloo, 21°50′44.05″S 114°02′09.22″E, 25 September 2020, 6 specimens (WAM V11646). Yardie Creek, Ningaloo, 22°19′35.90″S 113°48′33.70″E, 24 September 2020, 5 specimens (WAM V11647). Bateman Bay, 23°02′32.68″S 113°49′39.59″E, 20 September 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11648). Gnaraloo, 23°46′21.83″S 113°32′09.24″E, 22 September 2020, 3 specimens (WAM V11649). Shag Rock Beach, Nambung, 30°35′40.00″S 115°06′11.00″E, 31 December 2020, 4 specimens (WAM V11650). Comparative material. Nereis denhamensis, det. C. Glasby, East Point, Northern Territory, 12°25′S 130°49′E, coll. C. Glasby, 28 October 2003, 2 (NTM W19015). Description. Complete specimens with 57–62 chaetigers, body 16.1–25.4 mm long and 1.0– 1.8 mm wide; cream yellow to reddish brown in alcohol. Incomplete specimens with 31–55 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 10.4–32.5 mm long and 0.9–2.0 mm wide; cream yellow to reddish brown in alcohol. Prostomium longer than wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 1–3 (Fig. 8A). Pharyngeal jaws translucent reddish black, curved at tips, with eight teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths translucent reddish black, conical, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 1–3, Area II= 14–16 in two rows, Area III= 13–18 in 3–4 irregular rows, Area IV= 19–21 in four curved rows, Area V= 0, Area VI= 5–11 very small paragnaths in two rows, Areas VII–VIII= 10–13 in one row (Fig. 8B). Apodous segment about twice longer than first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with digitiform dorsal and ventral ligules in anterior chaetigers, basal dorsal ligules enlarged in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about three times longer than dorsal ligules. Neuropodia with subconical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and rounded postchaetal lobes extending slightly below acicular ligule tips; ventral ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly shorter than ventral ligules (Fig. 8C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers in anterior chaetigers, homogomph falcigers (Fig. 8D) from chaetiger 15–21. Notopodial falcigerous blades short, with terminal and one lateral tooth, and two smaller teeth basally. Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 8E) and heterogomph falcigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 9F) and falcigers (Fig. 8G) in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Neuropodial falcigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last three to five chaetigers. A complete, male epitokous specimen with 56 chaetigers, body 21.1 mm long and 1.0 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Specimen present black, enlarged, overlapping paired eyes, in rectangular arrangement. Body divided into 16 pre-natatory chaetigers, 23 natatory chaetigers, and 17 post-natatory chaetigers. Neuropodial postchaetal lobes modified into large, flat lamella in natatory chaetigers. In natatory chaetigers, dorsal cirri crenulated basally along outer margin of about two-third part and developing a small basal lamella. Ventral cirri unmodified but developing a small basal lamella in natatory chaetigers. Paddle-shaped notochaetae present in natatory chaetigers. Remarks. Nereis denhamensis has been synonymised with N. jacksoni Kinberg, 1865 by Augener (1922b), Fauvel (1932, 1953), and Hartmann-Schröder (1979, 1980, 1984), but others have kept them as distinct species due to differences in parapodia and notopodial homogomph falcigers (Kott 1951; Hartman 1954; Hutchings & Turvey 1982; Wilson 1985). Paragnaths on Areas I and III can be fewer (0–1 cone) but it is rare (Hartmann-Schröder 1980; Hutchings & Turvey 1982; Hartmann-Schröder 1984) and only occur in small specimens (Wilson 1985). In specimens from Victoria, paragnaths on Areas VII–VIII can be arranged in 1–2 rows (Wilson 1985). Anal cirri can extend to last 5–10 chaetigers (Hutchings & Turvey 1982), longer than those of our specimens. Pre-natatory chaetigers of our male epitoke are same as those of a male epitoke examined by Glasby et al. (2013) but two more chaetigers than those of male epitokes examined by Kott (1951) and Hartman (1954). A comparative specimen from Northern Territory agreed in all aspects with the description above except in Areas VII–VIII, where there were 15 paragnaths in one row (Fig. 19G–H). Distribution. Australia: Northern Territory, Western Australia, and South Australia (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, rocky shores, inshore reefs, artificial hard substrates (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 166-168, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.), Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Verlag von Gustav Fischer, Jena, pp. 65 - 304.","Fauvel, P. (1917) Annelides Polychetes de L'Australie meridionale. Archives de Zoologie Experimentale et Generale, 56, 159 - 277.","Kott, P. (1951) Nereididae and Eunicidae of south Western Australia; also notes on the ecology of Western Australian limestone reefs. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia, 35, 85 - 130.","Hartman, O. (1954) Australian Nereidae including descriptions of three new species and one genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 77, 1 - 41.","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Wilson, R. S. (1985) Nereis and Platynereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with description of a new species of Nereis. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 97, 129 - 138.","Glasby, C. J., Wei, N. - W. V. & Gibb, K. S. (2013) Cryptic species of Nereididae (Annelida: Polychaeta) on Australian coral reefs. Invertebrate Systematics, 27, 245 - 264. https: // doi. org / 10.1071 / IS 12031","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1980) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson im Norden und Exmouth im S ¸ den). In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 77. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 41 - 110.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Teil 10. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 81. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 7 - 62.","Kinberg, J. (1865) Annulata nova. Ofversigt Kongliga Vetenskaps-akademiens forhandlingar Stockholm, 22, 167 - 179.","Augener, H. (1922 b) Revision der Australischen polychaeten-typen, van Kinberg. Arkiv For Zoologi, XIV, 1 - 42.","Fauvel, P. (1932) Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Memoirs of the Indian Museum, 12, 1 - 262.","Fauvel, P. (1953) Annelida Polychaeta. In: Seymour Sewell, R. B. (Ed.), The Fauna of India, including Pakistan, Ceylon, Burma and Malaya. The Indian Press Ltd, Allahabad, pp. 1 - 507.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Derby im Norden und Port Hedland im S ¸ den). Teil 2 und Teil 3. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 76. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 77 - 218."]}

Platynereis uniseris Hutchings & Reid, 1991 Figs 16A–G, 20G–H Platynereis uniseris Hutchings & Reid, 1991: 57–59, fig. 3.a–j; Glasby 2015: 231, fig. 5F, G. Type locality. Ningaloo, Western Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Cape Keraudren, 19°57′46.76″S 119°46′58.51″E, 5 November 2020, 4 specimens (WAM V11686). Bateman Bay, 23°02′32.68″S 113°49′39.59″E, 20 September 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11687). Three Mile, 23°52′32.41″S 113°29′38.72″E, 23 September 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11688). Coral Bay, 23°09′16.27″S 113°46′04.40″E, 26 July 2016, 1 specimen (WAM V11689). Comparative material. Platynereis uniseris, det. C. Glasby, Ashmore Reef, Western Australia, 12°15′S 123°0′E, coll. B.C. Russell, 23 February 1983, 1 (NTM W19003). Description. Complete specimens with 50–81 chaetigers, body 6.2–27.3 mm long and 0.6–1.4 mm wide; cream yellow to reddish brown in alcohol. Incomplete specimens with 29–33 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 9.5–15.0 mm long and 1.1–1.4 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, outer eyes slightly larger than inner ones, in rectangular arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, extend to level of palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 5–11. Pharyngeal jaws translucent reddish black, curved at tips, with eight teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish black, pectinate bars, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 0, Area II= 0, Area III= 7 patches in two rows at lateral and three rows in central, Area IV= four curved rows, lateral ones shorter, Area V= 0, Area VI= one slightly curved row, Areas VII–VIII= 5 patches in one row (Fig. 16A–B). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with conical dorsal and ventral ligules in anterior chaetigers, and those ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about twice longer than dorsal ligules. Neuropodia with conical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips; ventral ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly shorter than ventral ligules (Fig. 16C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers in first three chaetigers, homogomph spinigers (Fig. 16D) and falcigers (Fig. 16E) from chaetiger 4. Notopodial falcigerous blades short, smooth, curved, with a hooked tip connected to blade. Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers and heterogomph falcigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 16F) and falcigers (Fig. 16G) in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Neuropodial falcigerous blades medium-sized, with fine serrations. Acicula translucent. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last one chaetiger. Remarks. The present specimens fit the description of the species by Hutchings & Reid (1991). They are also very similar to the comparative specimens from Ashmore Reef, Western Australia (Fig. 20G–H). As mentioned by these authors, the species is distinguishable from other Australian Platynereis by the presence of a single row of long pectinate bars in the oral ring (P. antipoda and P. polyscalma have two rows). Platynereis uniseris is reported by these authors to be widespread in tropical and warm temperate waters of northern Australia; the present record at Three Mile extends slightly the southern limit of this species for Western Australia. Living specimens show pink pigmentation (Glasby 2015). Distribution. Northern Australia: North-West Australia, Northern Territory, Queensland (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, rocky shores, dead coral substrate (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 180-181, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Glasby, C. J. (2015) Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) of Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Zootaxa, 4019 (1), 207 - 239. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4019.1.11"]}

Nereis heirissonensis Augener, 1913 Fig. 10A–G Nereis heirissonensis Augener, 1913: 159–163, fig. 17.a–c, pl. 3, fig. 52u; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 125–129, fig. 12.a–g. Nereis (Nereis) heirissonensis.— Hartmann-Schröder 1983: 138, figs 27–31; Hartmann-Schröder 1984: 28. Type locality. Shark Bay, Western Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Cape Keraudren, 19°57′51.30″S 119°47′16.94″E, 5 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11660). Description. A complete specimen with 66 chaetigers, body 17.9 mm long and 0.9 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in rectangular arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, as long as palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 2. Pharyngeal jaws yellow translucent, curved at tips. Paragnaths translucent to reddish, conical, present on both maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 0, Area II= 1, Area III= 0, Area IV= 3 in one row, Area V= 0, Area VI= 0, Areas VII–VIII= 3, small, in one widely spaced row (Fig. 10A). Apodous segment slightly longer than first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with digitiform dorsal and ventral ligules, dorsal ligules completely reduced in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about three times longer than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with digitiform ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and conical postchaetal lobes extending below acicular ligule tips. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, as long as ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers (Fig. 10B). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers in anterior chaetigers, homogomph falcigers (Fig. 10C–D) from chaetiger 18. Notopodial falcigerous blades long, slightly curved at tips, with terminal and one to two large lateral teeth. Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 10E) and heterogomph falcigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 10F) and falcigers (Fig. 10G) in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Neuropodial falcigerous blades long, slightly curved, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last four chaetigers. Remarks. Nereis heirissonensis has been synonymized with N. jacksoni by Fauvel (1932, 1953), Hartman (1954), Fauchald (1977), and Hartmann-Schröder (1983), but Hutchings & Turvey (1982) and Wilson (1985) assigned the former species as a distinct species. The redescription of N. jacksoni showed that this species has far more paragnaths on Areas VII–VIII (40–45 cones in 2–4 rows) and more teeth on the first notopodial homogomph falcigers (Hutchings & Turvey 1982; Wilson 1985). Anal cirri of our specimens are shorter than those of materials examined by previous studies, extending over 7–9 chaetigers (Augener 1913; Hutchings & Turvey 1982). Distribution. Temperate Australia: Western Australia, South Australia (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, shallow waters, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 170-171, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.), Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Verlag von Gustav Fischer, Jena, pp. 65 - 304.","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1983) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Dunsborough im Norden und Denmark im s ¸ den). Teil 9. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 80. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 123 - 167.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Teil 10. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 81. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 7 - 62.","Fauvel, P. (1932) Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Memoirs of the Indian Museum, 12, 1 - 262.","Fauvel, P. (1953) Annelida Polychaeta. In: Seymour Sewell, R. B. (Ed.), The Fauna of India, including Pakistan, Ceylon, Burma and Malaya. The Indian Press Ltd, Allahabad, pp. 1 - 507.","Hartman, O. (1954) Australian Nereidae including descriptions of three new species and one genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 77, 1 - 41.","Fauchald, K. (1977) Polychaetes from intertidal areas in Panama, with a review of previous shallow water records. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 221, 1 - 81. https: // doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 00810282.221","Wilson, R. S. (1985) Nereis and Platynereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with description of a new species of Nereis. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 97, 129 - 138."]}

Nereis cockburnensis Augener, 1913 Figs 7A–H, 19E–F Nereis cockburnensis Augener, 1913: 153–156, fig. 15.a–c, pl. 3 fig. 47; Hartman 1954: 33, figs 30–32; Knox & Cameron 1971: 28; Day 1975: 191; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 121–124, fig. 4D; Wilson (1985): 132 –133. Nereis (Nereis) cockburnensis.— Hartmann-Schröder 1983: 138; Hartmann-Schröder 1984: 27; Hartmann-Schröder 1986: 49; Hartmann-Schröder 1989: 37; Hartmann-Schröder 1990: 61. Type locality. Shark Bay and Cockburn Sound, Western Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Kalbarri, 27°43′17.09″S 114°9′11.39″E, 15 November 2020, 5 specimens (WAM V11633). Kalbarri, 27°43′17.09″S 114° 9′11.39″E, 15 November 2020, female epitoke, 1 specimen (WAM V11634). Horrock, 28°23′23.32″S 114°25′48.98″E, 18 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11635). Glenfield Beach, 28°41′01.32″S 114°36′21.65″E, 17 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11636). Dynamite Bay, Green Head, 30° 4′15.62″S 114°57′44.93″E, 28 December 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11637). Yanchep Beach, 31°33′02.36″S 115°37′24.86″E, 14 January 2021, 1 specimen (WAM V11638). Avalon Point, Mandurah, 32°35′40.25″S 115°38′00.16″E, 13 January 2021, 1 specimen (WAM V11639). Ellensbrook Beach, 33°54′25.59″S 114°59′16.29″E, 18 December 2020, 3 specimens (WAM V11640). Cape Mentelle, 33°57′45.04″S 114°58′46.85″E, 17 December 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11641). Comparative material. Nereis cockburnensis det. C. Glasby, Tanker Jetty, Esperance, Western Australia, 33°51′S 121°55′E, coll. Mulligan, Esperance Port Survey, March 2002, 1 (NTM W18361). Description. Complete specimens with 38–65 chaetigers, body 21.4–32.6 mm long and 1.5–2.2 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. An incomplete specimen 34 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 11.2 mm long and 1.3 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium longer than wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, as long as palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 3–5. Pharyngeal jaws black, curved at tips, with seven teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths, reddish black, conical, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 1, Area II= 8–9 in two rows, Area III= 1–6, Area IV= 14–23, Area V= 3–17 in an irregular cluster and most cones extending onto Area VI, Area VI= 4–5 in two rows, Areas VII–VIII= numerous cones in 2–6 irregular rows, cones smaller toward posterior rows (as viewed on everted pharynx), most antero-ventral row present with alternating large and small cones, posterior rows present with small cones only (Fig. 7A–B). Apodous segment longer than first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with digitiform dorsal and conical ventral ligules in anterior chaetigers, ventral ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, three times longer than dorsal ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with conical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and conical postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips; ventral ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly longer than ventral ligules (Fig. 7C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 7D) and falcigers (Fig. 7E) from chaetiger 3, homogomph falcigers (Fig. 7F) in posterior chaetigers. First notopodial falcigerous blades (at chaetiger 3) long, with serrated lateral teeth, remaining notopodial falcigerous blades short, with long terminal tooth and three smaller lateral teeth distally. Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers and heterogomph falcigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 7G) and falcigers (Fig. 7H) in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Neuropodial falcigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, with cirriform anal cirri, as long as last four chaetigers. An incomplete, female epitokous specimen with 62 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 32.5 mm long and 2.5 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Specimen present with black, enlarged, overlapping paired eyes. Body divided into 16 pre-natatory chaetigers, 39 natatory chaetigers, and 7 post-natatory chaetigers. Neuropodial postchaetal lobes modified into large, flat lamella in natatory chaetigers. Dorsal and ventral cirri unmodified but developing small basal lamella in natatory chaetigers. Paddle-shaped notochaetae in natatory chaetigers. Remarks. Juveniles have been observed to have a single, bifurcated antenna, instead of one pair, as their bases are fused together (Hartmann-Schröder 1986); this condition has been observed in several other nereidid species in the Australian region by CJG and is thought to represent an abnormality. Area V in our specimens and materials examined by Hutchings & Turvey (1982) have the same number of paragnaths but have more paragnaths than that of specimens examined by Augener (1913) (6 cones), Hartman (1954) (1–8 cones), Day (1975) (1–8 cones), and Wilson (1985) (1–3 cones). Those paragnaths are arranged in an irregular cluster, instead of two rows (Augener 1913). Nereis thompsoni Kott, 1951 was synonymised with N. cockburnensis by Hutchings & Turvey (1982). Our specimens agree well with the original description of N. thompsoni, except that Area V of this species has fewer paragnaths (3 large cones) (Kott 1951; Hartman 1954). The comparative specimen was collected within the same general area of the survey material. It matches closely the survey specimens and the type description.A characteristic feature of this species is the combination of large and small cones in Areas VII–VIII; the colour images also revealed pseudo-articulation of the antennae and tentacular cirri, which is unusual among nereidids and may be another characteristic feature of the species (Fig. 19E–F). Distribution. Temperate Australia: Western Australia, South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 164-166, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.), Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Verlag von Gustav Fischer, Jena, pp. 65 - 304.","Hartman, O. (1954) Australian Nereidae including descriptions of three new species and one genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 77, 1 - 41.","Knox, G. A. & Cameron, D. B. (1971) Port Phillip Bay survey 1957 - 1963. Part 2, No. 4. Polychaeta. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria, 32, 21 - 42. https: // doi. org / 10.24199 / j. mmv. 1971.32.04","Day, J. H. (1975) On a collection of Polychaeta from intertidal and shallow reefs near Perth, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, 3, 167 - 208.","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Wilson, R. S. (1985) Nereis and Platynereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with description of a new species of Nereis. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 97, 129 - 138.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1983) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Dunsborough im Norden und Denmark im s ¸ den). Teil 9. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 80. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 123 - 167.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Teil 10. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 81. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 7 - 62.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1986) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Wallaroo im Westen und Port MacDonnell im Osten). Tiel 12. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 83. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 31 - 70.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1989) Die polychaeten der antiborealen und subtropisch-tropischen K ¸ ste S ¸ dost-Australiens zwischen Lakes Entrance (Victoria) im S ¸ den und Maclean (New South Wales) im Norden. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 86. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 11 - 63.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1990) Die polychaeten der subtropisch-tropischen und tropischen Ostk ¸ ste Australiens zwischen Lake Macquarie (New South Wales) im S ¸ den und Gladstone (Queensland) im Norden. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 87. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 41 - 87.","Kott, P. (1951) Nereididae and Eunicidae of south Western Australia; also notes on the ecology of Western Australian limestone reefs. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia, 35, 85 - 130."]}

Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin, 1919 Figs 15A–H, 20E–F Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin, 1919: 219–226, pl. 30 figs 5–8, Pl. 31 figs 1–10, pl. 32 figs 1–2; Horst 1923: 223–224; Hartman 1940: 229–231, pl. 38 figs 76–83; Fauvel 1953: 221–222, fig. 112a–e; Hutchings & Reid 1991: 56–57; Glasby 2015: 230–231, fig. 5.D–E. Type locality. Ellice Islands and Gilbert Islands. Material examined. Western Australia: Cape Keraudren, 19°57′46.76″S 119°46′58.51″E, 5 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11681). South Mandu, Ningaloo, 22°10′07.05″S 113°51′37.79″E, 24 September 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11682). Kalbarri, 27°43′17.09″S 114°09′11.39″E, 15 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11683). Avalon Point, Mandurah, 32°35′40.25″S 115°38′00.16″E, 13 January 2021, 1 specimen (WAM V11684). Coral Bay, 23°09′16.27″S 113°46′04.40″E, 26 July 2016, 1 specimen (WAM V11685). Comparative material. Platynereis polyscalma, det. C. Glasby, Channel Island, Middle Arm, Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, 12°34.9′S 130°55.4′E, reef at 5–10 m, coll. S.M. Gregg & T. Bakken, 22 September 2000, 1 (NTM W19031). Description. Complete specimens with 31–46 chaetigers, body 5.3–30.4 mm long and 0.4–2.4 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Incomplete specimens with 31–39 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 5.3–31.7 mm long and 0.4–2.3 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, outer eyes slightly larger than inner ones, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, slightly shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 7–8. Pharyngeal jaws translucent reddish black, curved at tips, with nine teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish black, pectinate bars, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 0, Area II= 0, Area III= 2 patches in two rows, Area IV= 4 curved rows, lateral ones shorter, Area V= 0, Area VI= two curved rows, Areas VII–VIII= 5 patches in one row at lateral and two rows at ventral (Fig. 15A–B). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with conical dorsal and ventral ligules in anterior chaetigers, those ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached near edge of dorsal parapodia, about three times longer than dorsal ligules. Neuropodia with conical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips; ventral ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly shorter than ventral ligules (Fig. 15C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers in anterior chaetigers, homogomph spinigers and falcigers (Fig. 15D), latter from chaetiger 13–17. Notopodial falcigerous blades short, smooth, curved, with a hooked tip connected to blade. Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 15E) and heterogomph falcigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 15F) and falcigers (Fig. 15G–H) in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Neuropodial falcigerous blades medium size, with fine serrations and sometimes a tip connected to blade present. Acicula translucent. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last one chaetiger. Remarks. The present specimens fit the description of the species by Hutchings & Reid (1991). They are also very similar to the comparative specimens from Darwin Harbour (Fig. 20E–F). The species is reported by these authors to be widespread in tropical and warm temperate waters of northern Australia. Our specimen from Falcon, Mandurah extends slightly the southernmost record in Western Australia to 32°35′S. However, as pointed out by Read (2007) cryptic species exist for New Zealand forms of Platynereis australis, and museum specimens cannot be separated into species by morphology. Separation to species requires a consideration of living colour patterns, morphological features of the epitokes, and molecular data (Teixeira et al. 2022). Thus, the Australian fauna of Platynereis, excluding the distinctive P. bicanaliculata Baird, 1863, is each likely to encompass undescribed cryptic species. Living specimens show green pigmentation with white spots on the dorsum and white patch on the prostomium. The pectinate bars in Areas VII–VIII can be arranged in 5–6 patches (Glasby 2015). Distribution. Tropical Indian and Pacific Ocean, warm temperate waters of Australia (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal and subtidal, rocky shores including coralline habitats, sand, mud (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 178-180, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Chamberlin, R. V. (1919) Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer ' Albatross' from October, 1904 to March, 1905. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, 63, 13 - 514.","Horst, R. (1923) On three remarkable Annelida Polychaeta. Zoologische Mededeelingen (Leiden) 7, 221 - 224.","Hartman, O. (1940) Polychaetous annelids. Part II. Chrysopetalidae to Goniadidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions, 7, 173 - 287.","Fauvel, P. (1953) Annelida Polychaeta. In: Seymour Sewell, R. B. (Ed.), The Fauna of India, including Pakistan, Ceylon, Burma and Malaya. The Indian Press Ltd, Allahabad, pp. 1 - 507.","Glasby, C. J. (2015) Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) of Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Zootaxa, 4019 (1), 207 - 239. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4019.1.11","Read, G. B. (2007) Taxonomy of sympatric New Zealand species of Platynereis, with description of three new species additional to P. australis (Schmarda). Zootaxa, 1558, 1 - 28. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 1558.1.1","Teixeira, M., Langeneck, J., Viera, P., Hernandez, J. C., Sampieri, B., Kasapidis, P., Mucciolo, S., Bakken, T., Ravara, A., Nygren, A. & Coast, F. (2022) Reappraisal of the hyperdiverse Platynereis dumerilii (Annelida: Nereididae) species complex in the Northern Atlantic, with the description of two new species. Invertebrate Systematics, 36, 1017 - 1061. https: // doi. org / 10.1071 / IS 21084"]}

Key to genera and species of Nereididae reported from Western Australia The key to genera and species of Nereididae from Western Australia is based on taxonomic literatures, Ocean Biodiversity Information System (OBIS) dataset (https://obis.org), and the present study. The OBIS dataset was downloaded on 27 July 2022 and species that are registered and deposited in museums were included. In total, 75 species were compiled (Table 2). 1 Ventral peristomial flap present......................................... Cheilonereis peristomialis Benham, 1916 - Ventral peristomial flap absent.......................................................................... 2 2 Parapodial branchial filaments present, arise from dorsal notopodial ligules........ Dendronereides zululandica Day, 1951 - Parapodial branchial filaments absent..................................................................... 3 3 Anterior ventrum with fleshy transverse ridges.............................. Australonereis ehlersi (Augener, 1913) - Anterior ventrum smooth.............................................................................. 4 4 Antennae absent......................................................................... Micronereis... 5 - Antennae present..................................................................................... 6 5 Spinigerous chaetal shafts with internal septa......................... Micronereis bansei (Hartmann-Schröder, 1979) * - Spinigerous chaetal shafts without internal septa................................. Micronereis halei Hartman, 1954 * 6 Notopodia reduced (no lobes or ligules)................................................................... 7 - Notopodia well developed (at least one lobe or ligule present)................................................. 8 7 Notochaetae present, few................................................... Namalycastis abiuma (Grube, 1872) - Notochaetae absent.......................................... Namanereis quadraticeps (Blanchard in Gay, 1849) 8 Proboscis smooth...................................................... Nicon rotunda Hutchings & Reid, 1990 - Proboscis with paragnaths or papillae..................................................................... 9 9 Proboscis with papillae only........................................................................... 10 - Proboscis with paragnaths and papillae, or paragnaths only................................................... 13 10 Ventral cirri bifid.................................................................................... 11 - Ventral cirri not bifid................................................................................. 12 11 Dorsal cirri bifid in anterior parapodia................................ Gymnonereis yurieli Hutchings & Reid, 1990 - Dorsal cirri not bifid............................................ Ceratocephale aureola Hutchings & Reid, 1990 12 Papillae on both maxillary and oral rings.................................... Olganereis edmondsi (Hartman, 1954) - Papillae on oral ring only................................................... Websterinereis foli (Fauvel, 1930) 13 Proboscis with paragnaths and papillae................................................................... 14 - Proboscis with paragnaths only......................................................................... 16 14 Chaetae comprise spinigers only.................................... Paraleonnates bolus (Hutchings & Reid, 1991) - Chaetae comprise spinigers and falcigers..................................................... Leonnates … 15 15 Falcigers present in all neuropodia............................................. Leonnates indicus Kinberg, 1865 - Falcigers absent in anterior neuropodia.................................. Leonnates crinitus Hutchings & Reid, 1991 16 Paragnaths on maxillary ring only....................................................................... 17 - Paragnaths on both maxillary and oral rings............................................................... 28 17 Paragnaths small and rod-like........................................... Solomononereis marauensis Gibbs, 1971 - Paragnaths conical................................................................................... 18 18 Prostomium with incised anterior margin................................................... Ceratonereis … 19 - Prostomium with entire anterior margin.................................................................. 23 19 Notopodial falcigers unidentate (without a small distal tooth)................................................. 20 - Notopodial falcigers bidentate (with a small distal tooth)..................................................... 21 20 Prechaetal lobes of anterior neuropodia extend slightly further than acicula lobe, postchaetal lobes of anterior neuropodia mostly subtriangular, two bright spots usually visible between front eyes and antennae bases........................................................................... Ceratonereis (Ceratonereis) perkinsi Hartmann-Schröder, 1985 - Prechaetal lobes of anterior neuropodia extend much further than acicula lobe, postchaetal lobes of anterior neuropodia broadly rounded, no bright spots between front eyes and antennae bases..................................................................................................... Ceratonereis singularis australis Hartmann-Schröder, 1985 21 Heterogomph falcigers in ventral fascicles of neuropodia bidentate....................................................................................... Ceratonereis (Ceratonereis) longiceratophora Hartmann-Schröder, 1985 - Heterogomph falcigers in ventral fascicles of neuropodia both bidentate and unidentate, or unidentate only............. 22 22 Dorsal notopodial ligules less than half as long as ventral notopodial ligules in posterior chaetigers......................................................................................... Ceratonereis mirabilis Kinberg, 1865 * - Dorsal notopodial ligules slightly shorter than ventral notopodial ligules in all chaetigers................................................................................................. Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg, 1865 23 Neuropodial fused falcigers absent............................................. Composetia costae (Grube, 1840) - Neuropodial fused falcigers present (in dorsal fascicles)......................................... Simplisetia … 24 24 Area III without paragnaths..................................... Simplisetia transversa (Hutchings & Turvey, 1982) - Area III with paragnaths.............................................................................. 25 25 Anterior neuropodia with digitiform postchaetal lobes....................................................... 26 - Anterior neuropodia without digitiform postchaetal lobes.................................................... 27 26 Area III with cones and domes; 19 paragnaths in total............... Simplisetia amphidonta (Hutchings & Turvey, 1982) - Area III with cones only; 41 paragnaths in total.......... Simplisetia lizardensis (Ben-Eliahu, Hutchings & Glasby, 1984) 27 Area II with 2 curved rows of 10‒12 cones................................ Simplisetia erythraeensis (Fauvel, 1918) - Area II with an oblique block of more than 25 cones........................... Simplisetia aequisetis (Augener, 1913) 28 Paragnaths with cones only; smooth bars if present only on Area IV............................................ 29 - Paragnaths with smooth bars on Area VI or p-bars in addition to cones, or pectinate bars only....................... 54 29 Notopodial homogomph falcigers present........................................................ Nereis … 30 - Notopodial homogomph falcigers absent................................................................. 41 30 Oral ring without paragnaths..................................... Nereis maxillodentata Hutchings & Turvey, 1982 - Oral ring with paragnaths............................................................................. 31 31 Areas VII‒VIII with a narrow band of more than 40 paragnaths............................................... 32 - Areas VII‒VIII with one row of fewer than 20 paragnaths.................................................... 33 32 Notopodial homogomph falcigers present from chaetiger 3...................... Nereis cockburnensis Augener, 1913 * - Notopodial homogomph falcigers present after chaetiger 10........................... Nereis jacksoni Kinberg, 1865 33 Simple hooks present in notopodia............................................. Nereis onychophora Horst, 1918 - Simple hooks absent................................................................................. 34 34 Blades of notopodial homogomph falcigers smooth......................................................... 35 - Blades of notopodial homogomph falcigers with lateral teeth................................................. 36 35 Area I with more than 5 paragnaths........................................... Nereis angusticollis Kinberg, 1865 - Area I with 0‒1 paragnaths........................................................... Nereis edentata n. sp. * 36 Blades of notopodial homogomph falcigers with at least one large lateral tooth, similar size to terminal tooth........... 37 - Blades of notopodial homogomph falcigers with smaller lateral teeth only....................................... 40 37 Notopodial homogomph falcigers present from chaetiger 3................................. Nereis yuedensis n. sp. * - Notopodial homogomph falcigers present after chaetiger 10.................................................. 38 38 Dorsal notopodial ligules not reduced in posterior chaetigers..................... Nereis denhamensis Augener, 1913 * - Dorsal notopodial ligules strongly reduced (or absent) in posterior chaetigers.................................... 39 39 Blades of notopodial homogomph falcigers with one large lateral tooth and variable number of much smaller teeth basally. Dorsal notopodial ligules much smaller but still visible in posterior chaetigers.... Nereis bifida Hutchings & Turvey, 1982 * - Blades of notopodial homogomph falcigers with 1‒2 large lateral teeth and much smaller teeth basally. Dorsal notopodial ligules absent in posterior chaetigers........................................ Nereis heirissonensis Augener, 1913 * 40 Area I without paragnaths. Area III with 0‒1 paragnaths.................... Nereis cirriseta Hutchings & Turvey, 1982 - Areas I and III with more than one paragnath........................................ Nereis peroniensis Kott, 1951 41 Neurochaetae with spinigers only..................................... Nectoneanthes oxypoda (Marenzeller, 1879) - Neurochaetae with spinigers and falcigers..................................................... Neanthes … 42 42 Notopodia with three well-developed ligules.............................................................. 43 - Notopodia with two well-developed ligules, small prechaetal lobes may present.................................. 46 43 Oral ring with a continuous band of paragnaths, 2‒5 deep....................... Neanthes cricognatha (Ehlers, 1904) * - Oral ring with isolated groups of paragnaths.............................................................. 44 44 Area IV with smooth bars..................................................... Neanthes tasmani Bakken, 2002 - Area IV without smooth bars........................................................................... 45 45 Area VI with paragnaths....................................................... Neanthes bongcoi Pillai, 1965 - Area VI without paragnaths............................................... Neanthes pachychaeta (Fauvel, 1918) 46 Area IV with smooth bars....................................................... Neanthes bassi Wilson, 1984 - Area IV without smooth bars........................................................................... 47 47 Areas VII‒VIII with a continuous band of paragnaths, 2‒4 deep............................................... 48 - Areas VII‒VIII with 1‒2 rows of paragnaths.............................................................. 51 48 Area VI with centrally isolated group of paragnaths....................... Neanthes isolata Hutchings & Turvey, 1982 - Area VI with 1‒2 rows of paragnaths.................................................................... 49 49 Area VI with one row of paragnaths. Areas VII‒VIII with usually fewer than 50 paragnaths......................................................................................... Neanthes uniseriata Hutchings & Turvey, 1982 - Area VI with 2 rows of paragnaths. Areas VII‒VIII with usually more than 50 paragnaths........................................................................................... Neanthes biseriata Hutchings & Turvey, 1982 50 Area I without paragnaths............................................................................. 51 - Area I with paragnaths................................................................................ 52 51 Small notopodial prechaetal lobes present................................. Neanthes kerguelensis (McIntosh, 1885) - Notopodial prechaetal lobes absent............................................ Neanthes dawydovi (Fauvel, 1937) 52 Areas VII‒VIII with usually 2 rows of more than 30 paragnaths........................ Neanthes vaalii Kinberg, 1865 - Areas VII‒VIII with usually 1-2 rows of fewer than 20 paragnaths............................................. 53 53 Area VI with usually more than 5 paragnaths. Dark brown bands usually present on chaetiger 2.............................................................................................. Neanthes unifasciata (Willey, 1905) * - Area VI with usually one paragnath......................................... Neanthes semperiana (Grube, 1878) + 54 Paragnaths with pectinate bars only......................................................... Platynereis … 55 - Paragnaths with smooth bars on Area VI or p-bars in addition to cones.......................................... 58 55 Notopodial homogomph falcigers present from chaetiger 3‒5. Areas VII‒VIII with one row of paragnaths.............................................................................. Platynereis uniseris Hutchings & Reid, 1991 * - Notopodial homogomph falcigers present after chaetiger 12. Areas VII‒VIII with 2‒3 rows of paragnaths.............. 56 56 Notopodial homogomph falcigers absent in adults............................ Platynereis australis (Schmarda, 1861) - Notopodial homogomph falcigers present in posterior chaetigers.............................................. 57 57 Notopodial homogomph falcigers present from chaetiger 13‒17. Blades of homogomph falcigers smooth................................................................................. Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin, 1919 * - Notopodial homogomph falcigers present from chaetiger 21‒30. Blades of homogomph falcigers with fine serrations........................................................................... Platynereis antipoda Hartman, 1954 * 58 Paragnaths with smooth bars on Area VI in addition to cones..................................... Perinereis … 59 - Paragnaths with p-bars in addition to cones................................................. Pseudonereis … 73 59 Area VI with one smooth bar.......................................................................... 60 - Area VI with more than one smooth bar.................................................................. 64 60 Area IV with smooth bars in addition to cones............................. Perinereis amblyodonta (Schmarda, 1861) - Area IV without smooth bars........................................................................... 61 61 Areas VII‒VIII without paragnaths............................................. Perinereis suluana (Horst, 1924) - Areas VII‒VIII with paragnaths........................................................................ 62 62 Area V with 1 paragnath (rarely 2)........................................... Perinereis obfuscata (Grube, 1878) - Area V with 3 paragnaths (rarely 1)..................................................................... 63 63 Notopodial ligules not greatly expanded posteriorly; Area III with 9‒20 paragnaths; greenish-brown pigment anterodorsally.......................................................................... Perinereis helleri (Grube, 1878) * - Notopodial ligules greatly expanded posteriorly; Area III with 21‒35 paragnaths; dark brown to black anterodorsally.......................................................................... Perinereis nigropunctata (Horst, 1889) 64 Area VI with 2 smooth bars............................................................................ 65 - Area VI with more than 2 smooth bars................................................................... 68 65 Area I with more than 3 paragnaths. Area III with fewer than 10 paragnaths..... Perinereis variodentata (Augener, 1913) * - Area I with fewer than 4 paragnaths. Area III with more than 10 paragnaths..................................... 66 66 Dorsal notopodial ligules reduced in posterior chaetigers....................... Perinereis aibuhitensis (Grube, 1878) - Dorsal notopodial ligules not reduced in posterior chaetigers................................................. 67 67 Area IV with fewer than 37 paragnaths. Areas VII‒VIII with 2 rows of fewer than 57 paragnaths.......................................................................................... Perinereis singaporiensis (Grube, 1878) - Area IV with more than 39 paragnaths. Areas VII‒VIII with 2-5 rows of more than 57 paragnaths............................................................................................ Perinereis vancaurica (Ehlers, 1868) 68 Area IV with smooth bars in addition to cones............................................................. 69, Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 195-198, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Benham, W. B. (1916) Report on the Polychaeta obtained by the F. I. S. ' ' Endeavour' ' on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. Part II. Fisheries: Biological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried on by the F. I. S. ' ' Endeavour' ', 1909 - 14. H. C. Dannevig, Sydney, 4 (2), 127 - 162.","Day, J. H. (1951) The polychaete fauna of South Africa. Part 1. The intertidal and estuarine Polychaeta of Natal and Mosambique. Annals of the Natal Museum, 12 (1), 1 - 67.","Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.), Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Verlag von Gustav Fischer, Jena, pp. 65 - 304.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Derby im Norden und Port Hedland im S ¸ den). Teil 2 und Teil 3. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 76. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 77 - 218.","Hartman, O. (1954) Australian Nereidae including descriptions of three new species and one genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 77, 1 - 41.","Grube, A. E. (1872) Uber die Gattung Lycastis und ein paar neue Arten derselben. Jahresbericht der Schlesichen Gesellschaft fur vaterlandische Cultur, 48, 47 - 48.","Hutchings, P. A. & Reid, A. (1990) The Nereididae (Polychaeta) from Australia - Gymnonereidinae sensu Fizhugh, 1987: Australonereis, Ceratocephale, Dendronereides, Gymnonereis, Nicon, Olganereis and Websterinereis. Records of the Australian Museum, 42 (1), 69 - 100. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.42.1990.107","Fauvel, P. (1930) Annelides polychetes de Nouvelle-Caledonie, receuillies par Mme A. Pruvot-Fol en 1928. Archives de Zoologie Experimentale et Generale, 69 (5), 501 - 562.","Kinberg, J. (1865) Annulata nova. Ofversigt Kongliga Vetenskaps-akademiens forhandlingar Stockholm, 22, 167 - 179.","Gibbs, P. E. (1971) The polychaete fauna of the Solomon Islands. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Series Zoology, 21 (5), 101 - 211. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 10154","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1985) Mit besonderer ber ¸ cksichtigung der arten mit eingeschnittenem prostomium. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, 82, 37 - 59.","Grube, A. E. (1840) Actinien, Echinodermen und Wurmer des Adriatischen- und Mittelmeers nach eigenen Sammlungen beschrieben. J. H. Bon, Konigsberg, 92 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 23025","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Ben-Eliahu, M. N., Hutchings, P. A. & Glasby, C. J. (1984) Ceratonereis lizardensis n. sp. (Polychaeta; Nereididae) and Malacoceros indicus (Spionidae), from a mangrove habitat at Lizard Island, North Queensland. In: Hutchings, P. A. (Ed.), Proceedings of the First International Polychaete Conference. The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney, pp. 91 - 97.","Fauvel, P. (1918) Annelides polychetes nouvelles de l'Afrique Orientale. Bulletin du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, 24 (7), 503 - 509.","Horst, R. (1918) On a species of Lycastis and three aberrant forms of Nereidae from the Dutch East Indies. Zoologische Mededeelingen, Leiden, 4 (15), 246 - 250.","Kott, P. (1951) Nereididae and Eunicidae of south Western Australia; also notes on the ecology of Western Australian limestone reefs. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia, 35, 85 - 130.","Marenzeller, E. (1879) S ¸ djapanische Anneliden. I. (Amphinomea, Aphroditea, Lycoridea, Phyllodocea, Hesionea, Syllidea, Eunicea, Glycerea, Sternaspidea, Chaetopterea, Cirratulea, Amphictenea.). Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe, Wien, 41 (2), 109 - 154.","Ehlers, E. (1904) Neuseelandische Anneliden. Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse, Neue Folge, 3 (1), 1 - 80.","Bakken, T. (2002) A new species of Neanthes (polychaeta: Nereididae) from southern Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria, 59 (2), 327 - 331. https: // doi. org / 10.24199 / j. mmv. 2002.59.4","Pillai, T. G. (1965) Annelida Polychaeta from the Philippines and Indonesia. Ceylon Journal of Science (Biological Sciences), 5 (2), 110 - 177.","Wilson, R. S. (1984) Neanthes (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with descriptions of two new species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 96, 209 - 226.","McIntosh, W. C. (1885) Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 76. Zoology, 12 (Part 34), 1 - 554.","Fauvel, P. (1937) Deux nereidiens nouveaux d'Indochine. Bulletin de la Societe Zoologique de France, 62, 297 - 301.","Willey, A. (1905) Report on the Polychaeta collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar by W. A. Herdman, with supplementary reports upon the Marine Biology of Ceylon, by Other Naturalists, Part IV, Supplementary Reports, 30, 243 - 324.","Grube, A. E. (1878) Annulata Semperiana. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Annelidenfauna der Philippinen nach den von Herrn Prof. Semper mitgebrachten Sammlungen. Memoires l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. - Petersbourg, Serie 7, 25 (8), 1 - 300.","Schmarda, L. K. (1861) Neue Wirbellose Thiere: Beobachted und Gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erdr 1853 bis 1857. In: Band, E. & Halfte, Z. (Eds.), Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Anneliden. Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig, pp. 1 - 164.","Chamberlin, R. V. (1919) Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer ' Albatross' from October, 1904 to March, 1905. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, 63, 13 - 514.","Horst, R. (1924) Polychaeta Errantia of the Siboga Expedition. Pt. 3. Nereidae and Hesionidae. Siboga-Expeditie Uitkomsten op Zoologisch, Bonatisch, Oceanographisch en Geologisch gebied verzameld in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie 1899 - 1900, 24 (1 c), 145 - 198","Horst, R. (1889) Contributions towards the knowledge of the Annelida Polychaeta. III. Notes from the Leyden Museum, 11, 161 - 186.","Ehlers, E. H. (1868) Die Borstenw ¸ rmer (Annelida Chaetopoda) nach systematischen und anatomischen Untersuchungen dargestellt. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig, 2, 269 - 748.","Wilson, R. S. & Glasby, C. J. (1993) A revision of the Perinereis nuntia species group (Polychaeta: Nereididae). Records of the Australian Museum, 45 (3), 253 - 277. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.45.1993.23","Grube, A. E. (1857) Annulata Orstediana. Enumeratio Annulatorum, quae in itinere per Indiam occidentalem et Americam centralem annis 1845 - 1848 suscepto legit cl. A. S. Orsted, adjectis speciebus nonnullis a cl. H. Kroyero in itinere ad Americam meridionalem collectis. (Fortsaettelse). Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kobenhavn, 1857, 158 - 186.","Hoagland, R. A. (1920) Polychaetous annelids collected by the United States fisheries steamer Albatross during the Philippine expedition of 1907 - 1909. Bulletin of the United States National Museum, 100 (1), 603 - 635.","Grube, A. E. (1866) Beschreibungen neuer von der Novara-Expedition mitgebrachter Anneliden und einer neuen Landplanarie. Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-koniglichen zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 16, 173 - 184.","Lamarck, J. B. (1818) Histoire naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, presentant les caracteres generaux et particuliers de ces animaux, leur distribution, leurs classes, leurs familles, leurs genres, et la citation des principales especes qui s'y rapportent; precedes d'une Introduction offrant la determination des caracteres essentiels de l'Animal, sa distinction du vegetal et desautres corps naturels, enfin, l'Exposition des Principes fondamentaux de la Zoologie. Deterville, Paris, 612 pp.","Augener, H. (1922 a) Results of Dr. E. Mjoberg's Swedish scientific expeditions to Australia 1910 - 13. Polychaeten. Kunglia Svenska vetenskapsakadamien Handlingar, 63, 1 - 49."]}

Pseudonereis rottnestiana (Augener, 1913) reinstated Fig. 18A–E Nereis (Pseudonereis) rottnestiana Augener, 1913: 184–187, fig. 20a–c, pl. 3 fig. 46u. Pseudonereis rottnestiana.— Fauvel 1932: 112; Hartman 1954: 12, 17. Pseudonereis rottnestiana forma seriodentata.— Hartmann-Schröder 1979: 118–119, figs 216–219; Hartmann-Schröder 1980: 61, figs 62–63. Type locality. Green Island, Rottnest, Western Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Gnaraloo, 23°45′48.13″S 113°33′32.51″E, 21 September 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11692). Gnaraloo, 23°45′48.13″S 113°33′32.51″E, 21 September 2020, female epitoke, 1 specimen (WAM V11693). Gnaraloo, 23°46′21.83″S 113°32′09.24″E, 22 September 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11694). Three Mile, 23°52′32.41″S 113°29′38.72″E, 23 September 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11695). Kalbarri, 27°43′17.09″S 114° 9′11.39″E, 15 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11696). Description. Complete specimens with 48–74 chaetigers, body 14.6–26.4 mm long and 1.3–2.1 mm wide; cream yellow to reddish brown in alcohol. Incomplete specimens with 29–35 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 10.6–18.5 mm long and 0.9–1.9 mm wide; cream yellow to reddish brown in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal size, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest ones extending to chaetiger 2–5. Pharyngeal jaws black, curved at tips, with eight teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 0–2 cones, Area II= 14–26 p-bars in 2–4 rows, Area III= 10–49 p-bars in 3–4 rows, Area IV= 27–32 p-bars in 5–6 rows, Area V= 0, Area VI= 5–12 cones in 1–2 rows, Areas VII–VIII= alternating 14–17 paragnaths, combination of cones and p-bars (Fig. 18A–B). Apodous segment slightly longer than first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with conical dorsal and ventral ligules, those ligules become subconical in posterior chaetigers, dorsal ligules prolonged in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about three times longer than dorsal ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with conical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips; ventral ligules become subconical in posterior chaetigers. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly longer than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers (Fig. 18C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers. Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 18D) and heterogomph falcigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph falcigers (Fig. 18E) in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Falcigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, with slender anal cirri, as long as last six chaetigers. An incomplete, female epitokous specimen with 60 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 17.9 mm long and 2.4 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Specimen present with black, enlarged, overlapping paired eyes, in rectangular arrangement. Body divided into 16 pre-natatory chaetigers and 44 natatory chaetigers; pre-natatory chaetigers longer than natatory chaetigers.All parapodial ligules and lobes modified into large, flat lamella in natatory chaetigers. Dorsal and ventral cirri unmodified but developing small basal lamella from chaetiger 15 (two chaetigers before natatory chaetigers); lamella larger in natatory chaetigers. Paddle-shaped notochaetae in natatory chaetigers. ......continued on the next page TABLE 2. (Continued) ......continued on the next page TABLE 2. (Continued) ......continued on the next page TABLE 2. (Continued) ......continued on the next page TABLE 2. (Continued) ......continued on the next page TABLE 2. (Continued) ......continued on the next page TABLE 2. (Continued) 1 Composetia costae (Grube, 1840) outside Tyrrhenian and Ligurian Seas need to be re-examined (Villalobos-Guerrero et al. 2021). 2 Nereis angusticollis Kinberg, 1865 from Shark Bay, Western Australia described by Augener (1913) is questioned by Hartman (1948). ......continued on the next page TABLE 3. (Continued) Remarks. Pseudonereis rottnestiana has been synonymised with P. anomala by Bakken (2007) because he found no morphological evidence of difference (however, he noted that all notopodial chaetae in the original specimen of P. rottnestiana were broken). However, based on our observations of the specimens at hand, we agree with Fauvel (1932) and Hartman (1954) that P. rottnestiana differs from P. anomala due to the absence of notopodial homogomph falcigers, and herein reinstate the species. Hartmann-Schröder (1979) reported two forms: P. rottnestiana forma seriodentata and P. rottnestiana forma costatodentata. According to Bakken (2007), the first form completely agrees with the original description of P. rottnestiana (Hartmann-Schröder 1979) and the latter form was synonymised with P. trimaculata (Horst, 1924 ). Tentacular cirri of our specimens are shorter than those of materials examined by Augener (1913) and Fauvel (1932). Distribution. Indo-Australian: Andaman, Western Australia, South Australia (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 183-195, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.), Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Verlag von Gustav Fischer, Jena, pp. 65 - 304.","Fauvel, P. (1932) Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Memoirs of the Indian Museum, 12, 1 - 262.","Hartman, O. (1954) Australian Nereidae including descriptions of three new species and one genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 77, 1 - 41.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Derby im Norden und Port Hedland im S ¸ den). Teil 2 und Teil 3. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 76. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 77 - 218.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1980) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson im Norden und Exmouth im S ¸ den). In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 77. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 41 - 110.","Ehlers, E. (1904) Neuseelandische Anneliden. Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse, Neue Folge, 3 (1), 1 - 80.","Willey, A. (1905) Report on the Polychaeta collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar by W. A. Herdman, with supplementary reports upon the Marine Biology of Ceylon, by Other Naturalists, Part IV, Supplementary Reports, 30, 243 - 324.","Grube, A. E. (1878) Annulata Semperiana. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Annelidenfauna der Philippinen nach den von Herrn Prof. Semper mitgebrachten Sammlungen. Memoires l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. - Petersbourg, Serie 7, 25 (8), 1 - 300.","Chamberlin, R. V. (1919) Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer ' Albatross' from October, 1904 to March, 1905. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, 63, 13 - 514.","Monro, C. C. A. (1938) LXVIII. On a small collection of Polychaeta from Swan River, Western Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2, 614 - 624. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222933808526890","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Hutchings, P. A. & Reid, A. (1990) The Nereididae (Polychaeta) from Australia - Gymnonereidinae sensu Fizhugh, 1987: Australonereis, Ceratocephale, Dendronereides, Gymnonereis, Nicon, Olganereis and Websterinereis. Records of the Australian Museum, 42 (1), 69 - 100. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.42.1990.107","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1985) Mit besonderer ber ¸ cksichtigung der arten mit eingeschnittenem prostomium. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, 82, 37 - 59.","Hutchings, P. A., Glasby, C. J., Capa, M. & Sampey, A. (2014) Kimberley marine biota. Historical data: Polychaetes (Annelida). Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 84, 133 - 159. https: // doi. org / 10.18195 / issn. 0313 - 122 x. 84.2014.133 - 159","Kinberg, J. (1865) Annulata nova. Ofversigt Kongliga Vetenskaps-akademiens forhandlingar Stockholm, 22, 167 - 179.","Benham, W. B. (1916) Report on the Polychaeta obtained by the F. I. S. ' ' Endeavour' ' on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. Part II. Fisheries: Biological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried on by the F. I. S. ' ' Endeavour' ', 1909 - 14. H. C. Dannevig, Sydney, 4 (2), 127 - 162.","Grube, A. E. (1840) Actinien, Echinodermen und Wurmer des Adriatischen- und Mittelmeers nach eigenen Sammlungen beschrieben. J. H. Bon, Konigsberg, 92 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 23025","Kott, P. (1951) Nereididae and Eunicidae of south Western Australia; also notes on the ecology of Western Australian limestone reefs. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia, 35, 85 - 130.","Day, J. H. (1951) The polychaete fauna of South Africa. Part 1. The intertidal and estuarine Polychaeta of Natal and Mosambique. Annals of the Natal Museum, 12 (1), 1 - 67.","Paxton, H. (1983) Revision of the Genus Micronereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae: Notophycinae). Records of the Australian Museum, 35, 1 - 18. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.35.1983.299","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1983) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Dunsborough im Norden und Denmark im s ¸ den). Teil 9. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 80. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 123 - 167.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Teil 10. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 81. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 7 - 62.","Grube, A. E. (1872) Uber die Gattung Lycastis und ein paar neue Arten derselben. Jahresbericht der Schlesichen Gesellschaft fur vaterlandische Cultur, 48, 47 - 48.","Glasby, C. J. (1999) The Namanereidinae (Polychaeta: Nereididae). Part 1, taxonomy and phylogeny. Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 25, 1 - 129. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.25.1999.1354","Wilson, R. S. (1984) Neanthes (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with descriptions of two new species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 96, 209 - 226.","Bakken, T. (2002) A new species of Neanthes (polychaeta: Nereididae) from southern Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria, 59 (2), 327 - 331. https: // doi. org / 10.24199 / j. mmv. 2002.59.4","Pillai, T. G. (1965) Annelida Polychaeta from the Philippines and Indonesia. Ceylon Journal of Science (Biological Sciences), 5 (2), 110 - 177.","Fauvel, P. (1937) Deux nereidiens nouveaux d'Indochine. Bulletin de la Societe Zoologique de France, 62, 297 - 301.","McIntosh, W. C. (1885) Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 76. Zoology, 12 (Part 34), 1 - 554.","Fauvel, P. (1918) Annelides polychetes nouvelles de l'Afrique Orientale. Bulletin du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, 24 (7), 503 - 509.","Glasby, C. J., Wilson, R. S. & Bakken, T. (2011) Redescription of the Indo-Pacific polychaete Neanthes pachychaeta (Fauvel, 1918) n. comb. (Annelida, Phyllodocida, Nereididae) and its synonyms. Zoosystema, 33 (3), 361 - 375. https: // doi. org / 10.5252 / z 2011 n 3 a 5","Day, J. H. (1975) On a collection of Polychaeta from intertidal and shallow reefs near Perth, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, 3, 167 - 208.","Marenzeller, E. (1879) S ¸ djapanische Anneliden. I. (Amphinomea, Aphroditea, Lycoridea, Phyllodocea, Hesionea, Syllidea, Eunicea, Glycerea, Sternaspidea, Chaetopterea, Cirratulea, Amphictenea.). Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe, Wien, 41 (2), 109 - 154.","Wilson, R. S. (1985) Nereis and Platynereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with description of a new species of Nereis. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 97, 129 - 138.","Horst, R. (1918) On a species of Lycastis and three aberrant forms of Nereidae from the Dutch East Indies. Zoologische Mededeelingen, Leiden, 4 (15), 246 - 250.","Wilson, R. S. & Glasby, C. J. (1993) A revision of the Perinereis nuntia species group (Polychaeta: Nereididae). Records of the Australian Museum, 45 (3), 253 - 277. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.45.1993.23","Schmarda, L. K. (1861) Neue Wirbellose Thiere: Beobachted und Gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erdr 1853 bis 1857. In: Band, E. & Halfte, Z. (Eds.), Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Anneliden. Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig, pp. 1 - 164.","Grube, A. E. (1866) Beschreibungen neuer von der Novara-Expedition mitgebrachter Anneliden und einer neuen Landplanarie. Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-koniglichen zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 16, 173 - 184.","Hoagland, R. A. (1920) Polychaetous annelids collected by the United States fisheries steamer Albatross during the Philippine expedition of 1907 - 1909. Bulletin of the United States National Museum, 100 (1), 603 - 635.","Horst, R. (1889) Contributions towards the knowledge of the Annelida Polychaeta. III. Notes from the Leyden Museum, 11, 161 - 186.","Lamarck, J. B. (1818) Histoire naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, presentant les caracteres generaux et particuliers de ces animaux, leur distribution, leurs classes, leurs familles, leurs genres, et la citation des principales especes qui s'y rapportent; precedes d'une Introduction offrant la determination des caracteres essentiels de l'Animal, sa distinction du vegetal et desautres corps naturels, enfin, l'Exposition des Principes fondamentaux de la Zoologie. Deterville, Paris, 612 pp.","Horst, R. (1924) Polychaeta Errantia of the Siboga Expedition. Pt. 3. Nereidae and Hesionidae. Siboga-Expeditie Uitkomsten op Zoologisch, Bonatisch, Oceanographisch en Geologisch gebied verzameld in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie 1899 - 1900, 24 (1 c), 145 - 198","Grube, A. E. (1857) Annulata Orstediana. Enumeratio Annulatorum, quae in itinere per Indiam occidentalem et Americam centralem annis 1845 - 1848 suscepto legit cl. A. S. Orsted, adjectis speciebus nonnullis a cl. H. Kroyero in itinere ad Americam meridionalem collectis. (Fortsaettelse). Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kobenhavn, 1857, 158 - 186.","Ehlers, E. H. (1868) Die Borstenw ¸ rmer (Annelida Chaetopoda) nach systematischen und anatomischen Untersuchungen dargestellt. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig, 2, 269 - 748.","Hutchings, P. A. & Glasby, C. J. (1985) Additional nereidids (Polychaeta) from eastern Australia, together with a redescription of Namanereis quadraticeps (Gay) and the synonymising of Ceratonereis pseudoerythraeensis Hutchings & Turvey with C. aequisetis (Augener). Records of the Australian Museum, 37, 101 - 110. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.37.1985.339","Bakken, T. (2007) Revision of Pseudonereis (Polychaeta, Nereididae). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 150, 145 - 176. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1096 - 3642.2007.00289. x","Ben-Eliahu, M. N., Hutchings, P. A. & Glasby, C. J. (1984) Ceratonereis lizardensis n. sp. (Polychaeta; Nereididae) and Malacoceros indicus (Spionidae), from a mangrove habitat at Lizard Island, North Queensland. In: Hutchings, P. A. (Ed.), Proceedings of the First International Polychaete Conference. The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney, pp. 91 - 97.","Gibbs, P. E. (1971) The polychaete fauna of the Solomon Islands. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Series Zoology, 21 (5), 101 - 211. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 10154","Fauvel, P. (1930) Annelides polychetes de Nouvelle-Caledonie, receuillies par Mme A. Pruvot-Fol en 1928. Archives de Zoologie Experimentale et Generale, 69 (5), 501 - 562.","Villalobos-Guerrero, T. F., Conde-Vela, V. M. & Sato, M. (2021) Review of Composetia Hartmann-Schroder, 1985 (Annelida: Nereididae), with the establishment of two new similar genera. Journal of Natural History, 55 (37 - 38), 2313 - 2397. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222933.2021.1976295","Hartman, O. (1948) The marine annelids erected by Kinberg with notes on some other types in the Swedish state museum. Arkiv For Zoologi, 42 A, 1 - 137.","Day, J. H. (1967) A Monograph of the Polychaeta of Southern Africa. Part 1 Errantia. British Museum of Natural History Publication No. 656. British Museum of Natural History, London, 458 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 8596","Fauchald, K. (1977) Polychaetes from intertidal areas in Panama, with a review of previous shallow water records. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 221, 1 - 81. https: // doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 00810282.221","Hsueh, P. - W. (2020) New species of Nereis (Annelida, Polychaeta, Nereididae) from Taiwanese waters. Zootaxa, 4802 (1), 1 - 31. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4802.1.1","Cantone, G., Catalano, D. & Badalamenti, F. (2003) A new species of Nereididae (Annelida Polychaeta) from the Island of Ustica (northern Sicily, Italy). Marine Life, 11 (1 - 2), 11 - 16.","Gravina, M. F., Lezzi, M., Bonifazi, A. & Giangrande, A. (2015) The Genus Nereis L., 1758 (Polychaeta, Nereididae): state of the art for identification on Mediterranean species. Atti della Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali Memorie, Serie B, 122, 147 - 164. https: // doi. org / 10.2424 / astsn. m. 2015.13"]}

Neanthes cricognatha (Ehlers, 1904) Figs 4A–F, 19A–B Nereis cricognatha Ehlers, 1904: 29–30, pl. IV, figs 3–7; Augener 1913: 163–164. Nereis (Neanthes) cricognatha.— Kott 1951: 106. Neanthes cricognatha.— Knox 1951: 217–218, pl. XLV, figs 6–8; Hutchings & Rainer 1979: 754; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 110–111; Wilson 1984: 213–214; Glasby 2015: 218–219. Type locality. New Zealand. Material examined. Western Australia: Dynamite Bay, Green Head, 30°4′15.62″S 114°57′44.93″E, 28 December 2020, 2 (WAM V11625). Cape Peron, 32°15′59.14″S 115°41′6.74″E, 12 January 2021, 2 specimens (WAM V11626). Comparative material. Neanthes cricognatha, det. C. Glasby, Bandy Creek Jetty, Esperance, Western Australia, 33°51′S 121°55′E, 1 (NTM W18357), coll. Mulligan, 17 March 2002. Description. Incomplete specimens with 20–28 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 3.4–5.7 mm long and 0.6–1.0 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 6–7 (Fig. 4A). Pharyngeal jaws reddish black, curved at tips, with eight teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish to black, conical, present on both maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 5–6, Area II= 32–33 in a triangle, Area III= 30 in an ellipse, Area IV= 33–36 in a triangle, Areas V–VIII= a continuous band of paragnaths about 2–5 deep dorsally, 4–5 deep ventrally (Fig. 4B–C). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. All chaetigers biramous. Notopodia present with triangular dorsal ligules, digitiform intermediate and inferior ligules. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on lower-middle of dorsal parapodia, as long as dorsal ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with digitiform ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and subconical postchaetal lobes extending well beyond acicular ligule tips. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, shorter than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers (Fig. 4D). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 4E). Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers and heterogomph falcigers (Fig. 4F) in both dorsal and ventral fascicles. Spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Falcigerous blades long, with fine serrations, and a small, hooked tooth. Acicula translucent. Remarks. Pettibone (1963) and Imajima (1972) synonymized N. cricognatha with N. caudata (delle Chiaje, 1828) and N. arenaceodentata (Moore, 1903); the two latter species were assigned to N. acuminata (Ehlers, 1868) by Day (1973). However, we are following the more recent studies that have used the name N. cricognatha for Australian specimens (Hutchings & Turvey 1982; Wilson 1984; Glasby 2015). The dorsal cirri of our specimens are longer and attached more basally than that of materials identified as Nereis (Neanthes) arenaceodonta from Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Jersey, and Maryland, USA (Pettibone 1963). In addition, the falcigers of our specimens have a hooked distal tooth (Fig. 4F), while those of N. caudata from Japan have a blunt tip (Imajima 1972). A recent molecular study has found that N. caudata, N. arenaceodentata, and N. acuminata show multiple evolutionary significant units although they are identical in terms of paragnath distribution and parapodial characteristics (Reish et al. 2014). In our study specimens, Area I has fewer paragnaths than that reported by Augener (1913), Hutchings & Rainer (1979), Hutchings & Turvey (1982), and Wilson (1984) and seen in the comparative material from Esperance, Western Australia, which has 12 paragnaths (Fig. 19A); the comparative specimen also has many more paragnaths in Areas VII–VIII (Fig. 19B). In addition, all chaetigers are biramous, instead of uniramous for first two chaetigers (Ehlers 1904). Possibly, it represents an undescribed species, but more specimens are required to establish the extent of size-dependent variation in paragnath number. Distribution. Indo-West Pacific: India, Philippine, Australia, New Zealand (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, soft bottoms, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 159-161, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Ehlers, E. (1904) Neuseelandische Anneliden. Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse, Neue Folge, 3 (1), 1 - 80.","Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.), Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Verlag von Gustav Fischer, Jena, pp. 65 - 304.","Kott, P. (1951) Nereididae and Eunicidae of south Western Australia; also notes on the ecology of Western Australian limestone reefs. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia, 35, 85 - 130.","Knox, G. A. (1951) The polychaetous annelids of Banks Peninsula. Part I. Nereididae. Records of the Canterbury Museum, 5, 213 - 229.","Hutchings, P. A. & Rainer, S. (1979) The polychaete fauna of Careel Bay, Pittwater, New South Wales, Australia. Journal of Natural History, 13, 745 - 796. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222937900770561","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Wilson, R. S. (1984) Neanthes (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with descriptions of two new species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 96, 209 - 226.","Glasby, C. J. (2015) Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) of Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Zootaxa, 4019 (1), 207 - 239. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4019.1.11","Pettibone, M. (1963) Marine polychaete worms of the New England region. I. Families Aphoditidae through Trochochaetidae. Museum of Natural History, 227, 1 - 356. https: // doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 03629236.227.1","Imajima, M. (1972) Review of the annelid worms of the Family Nereidae of Japan, with descriptions of five new species or subspecies. Bulletin of the National Science Museum Tokyo, 15, 37 - 153.","Delle Chiaje, S. (1828) Memorie sulla storia e notomia degli animali vertebre del regno di Napoli. Stamperia della societa tipografica, Napoli, 3, 1 - 232.","Moore, J. (1903) Descriptions of two new species of Polychaeta from Wood's Hole, Massachusetts. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 55, 720 - 726.","Ehlers, E. H. (1868) Die Borstenw ¸ rmer (Annelida Chaetopoda) nach systematischen und anatomischen Untersuchungen dargestellt. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig, 2, 269 - 748.","Day, J. H. (1973) New Polychaeta from Beaufort, with A Key to All Species Recorded from North Carolina. NOAA Technical, Report NMFS / National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. National Marine Fisheries Service, Washington, D. C., 140 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 62852","Reish, D., Anderson, F., Horn, K. & Hardege, J. (2014) Molecular phylogenetics of the Neanthes acuminata (Annelida: Nereididae) species complex. Memoirs of Museum Victoria, 71, 271 - 278. https: // doi. org / 10.24199 / j. mmv. 2014.71.20"]}

Perinereis variodentata (Augener, 1913) Figs 13A–F, 20C–D Nereis (Perinereis) variodentata Augener, 1913: 179–182, fig. 19a–c, pl.3, fig. 50u. Perinereis variodentata.— Kott 1951: 112–113, fig. 6a–d; Hartman 1954: 35; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 140–141; HartmannSchröder 1983: 139; Hartmann-Schröder 1984: 29; Hutchings et al. 1991: 266–268, fig. 18a–c. Type locality. Albany, Western Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Horrock, 28°23′23.32″S 114°25′48.98″E, 18 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11666). Ellensbrook Beach, 33°54′25.59″S 114°59′16.29″E, 24 July 2016, 3 specimens (WAM V11667). Comparative material. Perinereis variodentata, det. C. Glasby, Taylor Street Marina, Esperance, Western Australia, 33°51′S 121°55′E, coll. Mulligan, 17 March 2002, 2 (NTM W18369). Description. Complete specimens with 66–75 chaetigers, body 22.1–36.0 mm long and 1.8–2.9 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. An incomplete specimen with 39 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 8.2 long and 1.1 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest ones extending to chaetiger 6–9. Pharyngeal jaws reddish brown, curved at tips, with eight teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish black, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 8 cones of two sizes, Area II= 7 cones in two oblique rows, Area III= 8 cones in two rows, Area IV= 12–13 cones in two oblique rows, Area V= 6 cones in two curved rows, Area VI= two long transverse bars in one row, Areas VII–VIII= 64–84 cones in 1–3 rows at lateral and 6 rows at ventral (Figs 13A–B, 20C–D). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with subconical dorsal and ventral ligules in anterior chaetigers, those ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, twice longer than dorsal ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with subconical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending to same level of acicular ligule tips; ventral ligules become digitiform in posterior chaetigers. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, as long as ventral ligules (Fig. 13C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 13D). Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers and heterogomph falcigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 13E) and falcigers (Fig. 13F) in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Falcigerous blades short, curved at tips, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, with slender anal cirri, as long as last five chaetigers. Remarks. In our specimens, Area III has more paragnaths than that of materials examined in the original description (2) (Augener 1913) and previous studies (1–6) (Kott 1951; Hartman 1954; Hutchings & Turvey 1982; Hutchings et al. 1991). Area IV is sometimes present with 1–2 bars in additional to cones, and the lateral cones in the inner cluster of Area V almost contact Area VI (Hartmann-Schröder 1984; Hutchings et al. 1991). Augener (1913) found homogomph falcigers in the dorsal fascicles of neurochaetae, but we and other studies (Kott 1951; Hutchings & Turvey 1982; Hutchings et al. 1991) did not find them. Distribution. Temperate Australia:South-West Australia, New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 175-176, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.), Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Verlag von Gustav Fischer, Jena, pp. 65 - 304.","Kott, P. (1951) Nereididae and Eunicidae of south Western Australia; also notes on the ecology of Western Australian limestone reefs. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia, 35, 85 - 130.","Hartman, O. (1954) Australian Nereidae including descriptions of three new species and one genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 77, 1 - 41.","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Teil 10. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 81. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 7 - 62."]}

Nereis edentata n. sp. Fig. 9A–I Material examined. Holotype. Western Australia: Port Denison, 29°16′33.59″S 114°54′45.68″E, 29 December 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11651). Paratypes: Kalbarri, 27°43′17.09″S 114°09′11.39″E, 15 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11652). Horrock, 28°23′23.32″S 114°25′48.98″E, 18 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11653). Glenfield Beach, 28°41′01.32″S 114°36′21.65″E, 17 November 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11654). Dynamite Bay, Green Head, 30°04′15.62″S 114°57′44.93″E, 28 December 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11655). Yanchep Beach, 31°33′02.36″S 115°37′24.86″E, 14 January 2021, 3 specimens (WAM V11656). Beaumaris Beach, 31°44′23.57″S 115°43′17.82″E, 18 January 2021, 1 specimen (WAM V11657). Cape Peron, 32°15′59.14″S 115°41′06.74″E, 12 January 2021, 1 specimen (WAM V11658). Hunters Beach, Green Head, 30° 4′27.54″S 114°58′11.46″E, 29 July 2016, 1 specimen (WAM V11659). Description. Holotype a complete specimen with 54 chaetigers, body 19.1 mm long and 1.3 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium wider than long. Eyes black, two pairs, equal sizes, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, extending to level of palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 5. Pharyngeal jaws translucent reddish black, curved at tips, with nine teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish black, conical, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= small, 1; Area II= small, 7 on left and 8 on right, in a triangle in each side; Area III= small, 2 in one straight transverse row; Area IV= small, 10 on left and 11 on right, in a curved cluster in each side; Area V= 0; Area VI= small, 6 on left in 2 rows and 5 on right in a circle; Areas VII–VIII= 12 in one row (8 large paragnaths widely spaced and 4 small paragnaths in ventromedial row) (Fig. 9A–B). Apodous segment slightly longer than first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with digitiform dorsal and ventral ligules (Fig. 9C–E), basal dorsal ligules enlarged in middle (Fig. 9D) and posterior chaetigers (Fig. 9E). Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, twice longer than dorsal ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with digitiform ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending below acicular ligule tips (Fig. 9C–E). Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly shorter than ventral ligules in all chaetigers. Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers in anterior chaetigers, homogomph falcigers (Fig. 9F) from chaetiger 20, two falcigers in each notopodium. Notopodial falcigerous blades short, smooth, slightly curved at tips. Neurochaetae present with heterogomph falcigers (Fig. 9G) and homogomph spinigers (Fig. 9H) in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 9I) and falcigers in ventral fascicles. Neuropodial falcigerous blades medium size, with fine serrations. All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last four chaetigers. Variations in paratypes. Complete specimens with 39–69 chaetigers, body 6.2–37.3 mm long and 0.4–1.5 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Incomplete specimens with 29–44 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 5.7–32.9 mm long and 0.7–1.5 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Longest tentacular cirri extend to chaetiger 2–5. Paragnaths small but larger in Areas VII–VIII, arranged as follows: Area I= 0–1, Area II= 3–8 in a triangle, Area III= 0–5 in one straight transverse row, Area IV= 5–12 in a curved cluster, Area V= 0, Area VI= 2–7 in an oval, Areas VII–VIII= 6–10 in one row, including 1–3 smaller paragnaths in ventromedial row in some specimens. Notopodial homogomph falcigers present from chaetiger 18– 24, two falcigers (occasionally 3) in each notopodium or 1–2 falcigers in small specimens (Remarks. Nereis edentata n. sp. most closely resembles Nereis species having one row of paragnaths on Areas VII–VIII and smooth notopodial homogomph falcigers including: Nereis coutieri Gravier, 1899, Nereis eugeniae (Kinberg, 1865) and Nereis posidoniae Hutchings & Rainer, 1979. Nereis edentata n. sp. and N. coutieri have enlarged dorsal notopodial ligules in posterior chaetigers, but they differ in the ornamentation of the dorsal chaetiger 2 and the arrangement of paragnaths on Areas III and VII–VIII. Nereis coutieri has a brown band dorsally on chaetiger 2 (Gravier 1899a; Gravier 1902; Fauvel 1911; Yousefi et al. 2011), while Nereis edentata n. sp. lacks a band. Nereis coutieri has more paragnaths on Area III (5–7) (Gravier 1899a; Gravier 1902; Yousefi et al. 2011) and those paragnaths are arranged in a curved row with a deep concavity ahead in specimens from the Red Sea (type locality) (Gravier 1899a; Gravier 1902) or an irregular group in specimens from South Africa and Mozambique (Day 1967), instead of in a straight transverse row as for Nereis edentata n. sp. Paragnaths on Areas VII–VIII are present in a similar size for N. coutieri (Gravier 1899a; Gravier 1902; Day 1967; Bonyadi-Naeini et al. 2017) but in two sizes for some specimens of Nereis edentata n. sp. In addition, N. coutieri has only one uniramous chaetiger in the first parapodium (Fauvel 1911) although this is not mentioned in the original description (Gravier 1899a) and previous studies (Gravier 1902; Day 1967; Yousefi et al. 2011), while Nereis edentata n. sp. has two uniramous chaetigers in first two parapodia. Nereis edentata n. sp. also differs from materials from Lizard Island, Queensland that were identified by Glasby (2015) as Nereis cf. coutieri. Dorsal notopodial ligules of the latter species are shorter than ventral notopodial ligules (Glasby 2015). Hartmann-Schröder (1982, 1983) found N. coutieri from south-west Australia (Yallingup and Margaret River). These specimens need to be assessed further as there was no description of the ornamentation of the dorsal chaetiger 2 and the arrangement of paragnaths on Area III. Nereis edentata n. sp., N. eugeniae, and N. posidoniae do not have a pigmented band on the dorsal chaetiger 2, but they differ in the size of the eyes, the length of the tentacular cirri, the presence of paragnaths on Area VI, and the enlargement of dorsal notopodial ligules in posterior chaetigers. The eyes of N. eugeniae are small and occasionally absent (Hartman 1964; Day 1967; Darbyshire 2014). The tentacular cirri of N. eugeniae and N. posidoniae are shorter than those of Nereis edentata n. sp., with the longest one extending to only the apodous segment (Kinberg 1865; Hartman 1964; Day 1967; Hutchings & Rainer 1979; Darbyshire 2014). Paragnaths on Area VI are absent for N. posidoniae (Hutchings & Rainer 1979) but present for Nereis edentata n. sp. and N. eugeniae (3–6) (Hartman 1964; Day 1967; Darbyshire 2014). Dorsal notopodial ligules in posterior chaetigers are not expanded in N. eugeniae (Hartman 1964; Day 1967; Darbyshire 2014) and not described in N. posidoniae (Hutchings & Rainer 1979) but enlarged in Nereis edentata n. sp. Etymology. The new species is named after the Latin adjective, edentates, meaning toothless, referring to the smooth-bladed homogomph falcigers. Distribution. South-west Australia. Distribution records indicate that the new species appears to be transitional between the tropical and temperate Australia realms (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 168-170, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Kinberg, J. (1865) Annulata nova. Ofversigt Kongliga Vetenskaps-akademiens forhandlingar Stockholm, 22, 167 - 179.","Hutchings, P. A. & Rainer, S. (1979) The polychaete fauna of Careel Bay, Pittwater, New South Wales, Australia. Journal of Natural History, 13, 745 - 796. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222937900770561","Gravier, C. (1899 a) Contribution a l'etude des annelides polychetes de la Mer Rouge. Bulletin du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, 5 (5), 234 - 244. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 6290","Gravier, C. (1902) Contribution a l'etude des annelides polychetes de la Mer Rouge. Bulletin du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, 3 (2), 147 - 268.","Fauvel, P. (1911) Annelides polychetes du golfe Persique recueillies par M. N. Bogoyawlensky. Archives de Zoologie Experimentale et Generale, Serie 56, 353 - 439.","Yousefi, S., Rahimian, H., Nabavi, S. & Glasby, C. J. (2011) Nereididae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from intertidal habitats in the Gulf of Oman, Iran. Zootaxa, 3013 (1), 48 - 64. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3013.1.2","Day, J. H. (1967) A Monograph of the Polychaeta of Southern Africa. Part 1 Errantia. British Museum of Natural History Publication No. 656. British Museum of Natural History, London, 458 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 8596","Bonyadi-Naeini, A., Rastegar-Pouyani, N., Rastegar-Pouyani, E., Glasby, C. J. & Rahimian, H. (2017) Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) of the Persian Gulf and Gulf of Oman, including description of two new species and 11 new records. Zootaxa, 4244 (1), 091 - 117. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4244.1.5","Glasby, C. J. (2015) Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) of Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Zootaxa, 4019 (1), 207 - 239. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4019.1.11","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1982) Die polychaeten der subtropisch-antiborealen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Cervantes im Norden und Cape Naturaliste im S ¸ den). Teil 8. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 79. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 51 - 118.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1983) Die polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Dunsborough im Norden und Denmark im s ¸ den). Teil 9. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 80. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 123 - 167.","Hartman, O. (1964) Polychaeta Errantia of Antarctica. Antarctic Research Series, 3, 1 - 131. https: // doi. org / 10.1029 / AR 003","Darbyshire, T. (2014) Intertidal and nearshore Nereididae (Annelida) of the Falkland Islands, southwestern Atlantic, including a new species of Gymnonereis. ZooKeys, 427, 75 - 108. https: // doi. org / 10.3897 / zookeys. 427.7296"]}

Pseudonereis anomala Gravier, 1899 Fig. 17A–F Pseudonereis anomala Gravier, 1989b: 290–292, figs 5–9; Day 1967: 333, fig. 14.12.g–j; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 141–142; Hylleberg et al. 1986: 13–14, fig. 7; Hutchings & Glasby 1985: 108–109; Çinar & Ergen 2005: 316–318, fig. 4A–D; Bakken 2007: 148–152, figs 2–3; Glasby et al. 2013: 259, figs 6A, 7A, B. Type locality. Djibouti, Gulf of Aden. Material examined. Western Australia: False Cape Bosut, Bidyadanga, 18°34′18.40″S 121°43′42.87″E, 3 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11690). Cape Keraudren, 19°57′51.30″S 119°47′16.94″E, 5 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11691). Description. Complete specimens with 57–76 chaetigers, body 13.5–37.3 mm long and 1.0–2.0 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, equal size, in trapezoidal arrangement. Eyes two pairs, equal size. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical.Antennae one pair, shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 3. Pharyngeal jaws black, curved at tips, with eight teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths translucent brown, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 1–3 cones, Area II= 16–23 p-bars in a triangle, Area III= 32–58 p-bars in 3–4 rows, Area IV= 32–33 p-bars in four curved rows, Area V= 0, Area VI= 5–8 cones in one row, Areas VII–VIII= 12–15 cones in one row (Fig. 17A). Apodous segment as long as first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with digitiform dorsal and ventral ligules, dorsal ligules prolonged in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about three times longer than dorsal ligules. Neuropodia with digitiform ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending below acicular ligule tips. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, as long as ventral ligules (Fig. 17B). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers (Fig. 17C) in anterior chaetigers, homogomph falcigers (Fig. 17D) from chaetiger 23–39. Notopodial falcigerous blades medium-sized, with fine serrations. Neurochaetae present with heterogomph falcigers (Fig. 17E) and homogomph spinigers in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 17F) and falcigers in ventral fascicles. All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Neuropodial falcigerous blades short, with fine serrations. Acicula black. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last three chaetigers. Remarks. In specimens collected from Thailand, paragnaths on Area VI are arranged in 1–2 rows (Hylleberg et al. 1986). The tentacular and anal cirri of our specimens are shorter than those of materials examined by Bakken (2007). Notopodial homogomph falcigers can be present from chaetiger 5 to mid-body (Glasby et al. 2013), earlier than those of our specimens. It is noteworthy that the Indonesian species Pseudonereis trimaculata (Horst, 1924) has been found just to the north of the present specimens in Tranquil Bay (13°56′S 127°18′E) intertidally in a sandy bay with rocky headlands (NTM W19035). It can easily be distinguished from P. anomala by the form of paragnaths in Area VI (see key below). Distribution. Tropical Indian Ocean, Mediterranean Sea, Aegean Sea (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, estuary, subtidal, rocky shores, sand (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 182-183, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Day, J. H. (1967) A Monograph of the Polychaeta of Southern Africa. Part 1 Errantia. British Museum of Natural History Publication No. 656. British Museum of Natural History, London, 458 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 8596","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Hylleberg, J., Nateewathana, A. & Bussarawit, S. (1986) Polychaetes of Thailand. Nereidae (part 1); Perinereis and Pseudonereis with notes on species of commercial value. Phuket Marine Biological Center, Research Bulletin, 43, 1 - 22.","Hutchings, P. A. & Glasby, C. J. (1985) Additional nereidids (Polychaeta) from eastern Australia, together with a redescription of Namanereis quadraticeps (Gay) and the synonymising of Ceratonereis pseudoerythraeensis Hutchings & Turvey with C. aequisetis (Augener). Records of the Australian Museum, 37, 101 - 110. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.37.1985.339","Cinar, M. E. & Ergen, Z. (2005) Lessepsian migrants expanding their distributional ranges; Pseudonereis anomala (Polychaeta: Nereididae) in Izmir Bay (Aegean Sea). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85, 313 - 321. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315405011203 h","Bakken, T. (2007) Revision of Pseudonereis (Polychaeta, Nereididae). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 150, 145 - 176. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1096 - 3642.2007.00289. x","Glasby, C. J., Wei, N. - W. V. & Gibb, K. S. (2013) Cryptic species of Nereididae (Annelida: Polychaeta) on Australian coral reefs. Invertebrate Systematics, 27, 245 - 264. https: // doi. org / 10.1071 / IS 12031","Horst, R. (1924) Polychaeta Errantia of the Siboga Expedition. Pt. 3. Nereidae and Hesionidae. Siboga-Expeditie Uitkomsten op Zoologisch, Bonatisch, Oceanographisch en Geologisch gebied verzameld in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie 1899 - 1900, 24 (1 c), 145 - 198"]}

Platynereis antipoda Hartman, 1954 Fig. 14A–G Platynereis dumerilii antipoda Hartman, 1954: 35–36, figs 33–37; Hartmann-Schröder 1979: 118; Hutchings & Rainer 1979: 757–758; Hartmann-Schröder 1980: 60; Hutchings & Turvey 1982: 141; Wilson 1985: 136–137; Hutchings & Reid 1991: 55–56. Platynereis antipoda.— Bakken & Wilson 2005: 533–534. Type locality. Southern Australia. Material examined. Western Australia: Horrock, 28°23′23.32″S 114°25′48.98″E, 18 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11668). Coronation Beach, 28°33′16.88″S 114°33′48.66″E, 19 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11669). Glenfield Beach, 28°41′01.32″S 114°36′21.65″E, 17 November 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11670). Shag Rock Beach, Nambung, 30°35′40.00″S 115°06′11.00″E, 31 December 2020, 2 specimens (WAM V11671). Yanchep Beach, 31°33′02.36″S 115°37′24.86″E, 14 January 2021, 1 specimen (WAM V11672). Yanchep Beach, 31°33′02.36″S 115°37′24.86″E, 14 January 2021, female epitoke, 1 specimen (WAM V11673). Beaumaris Beach, 31°44′23.57″S 115°43′17.82″E, 18 January 2021, 5 specimens (WAM V11674). Avalon Point, Mandurah, 32°35′40.25″S 115°38′00.16″E, 13 January 2021, 3 specimens (WAM V11675). Gnarabup, 33°59′33.73″S 114°59′20.16″E, 16 December 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11676). Foul Bay Beach, 34°13′56.54″S 115°01′55.97″E, 15 December 2020, 1 specimen (WAM V11677). Hunters Beach, Green Head, 30° 4′27.54″S 114°58′11.46″E, 29 July 2016, 1 specimen (WAM V11678). Cape Peron, 32°15′59.14″S 115°41′06.74″E, 26 July 2016, 3 specimens (WAM V11679). Ellensbrook Beach, 33°54′25.59″S 114°59′16.29″E, 24 July 2016, 1 specimen (WAM V11680). Description. Complete specimens with 34–77 chaetigers, body 5.4–26.8 mm long and 0.4–1.8 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Incomplete specimens with 42–53 chaetigers, posterior end missing, remaining body 18.7–32.5 mm long and 2.2–2.3 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Prostomium as long as wide. Eyes black, two pairs, outer eyes slightly larger than inner ones, in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps one pair, palpophores globose, palpostyles conical. Antennae one pair, slightly shorter than palps. Tentacular cirri four pairs with basal articulation, longest one extending to chaetiger 7–12. Pharyngeal jaws reddish brown, curved at tips, with seven teeth on each jaw. Paragnaths reddish brown, pectinate bars, present on maxillary and oral rings, arranged as follows: Area I= 0, Area II= 0, Area III= 2–3 transverse rows, Area IV= four curved rows, outside ones shorter, Area V= 0, Area VI= two transverse rows, Areas VII–VIII= 5 patches in one row in lateral, two rows in ventral (Fig. 14A–B). Apodous segment longer than first chaetiger. First two chaetigers uniramous. Notopodia present with subconical dorsal and ventral ligules, dorsal ligules enlarged in posterior chaetigers. Dorsal cirri cirriform, attached on middle of dorsal parapodia, about four times longer than ventral ligules, similar length throughout chaetigers. Neuropodia with subconical ventral ligules, acicular ligules, and triangular postchaetal lobes extending well beyond acicular ligule tips. Ventral cirri cirriform, attached basally on ventral parapodia, slightly shorter than inferior ligules (Fig. 14C). Notochaetae present with homogomph spinigers in anterior chaetigers, homogomph spinigers (Fig. 14D) and falcigers (Fig. 14E) from chaetiger 21–30 or chaetiger 13 in small specimens. Notopodial falcigerous blades long, curved, with fine serrations and a hooked tip connected to blade. Neurochaetae present with homogomph spinigers and heterogomph falcigers (Fig. 14F) in dorsal fascicles, heterogomph spinigers (Fig. 14G) and falcigers in ventral fascicles. Neuropodial falcigerous blades medium size, slightly curved at tips, with fine serrations and a hooked tip connected to blade. All spinigerous blades long, with fine serrations. Acicula translucent. Pygidium with anus on dorsal side, anal cirri cirriform, as long as last four to six chaetigers. A complete, female epitokous specimen with 62 chaetigers, body 17.7 mm long and 1.5 mm wide; cream yellow in alcohol. Body divided into 16 pre-natatory chaetigers, 34 natatory chaetigers, and 12 post-natatory chaetigers. Neuropodial postchaetal lobes modified into large, flat lamella in natatory chaetigers. Dorsal and ventral cirri swollen basally, unmodified in natatory chaetigers. Remarks. The species is considered a full species in this study, following Bakken & Wilson (2005) who found obvious differences between Australian specimens of Platynereis antipoda and northern European specimens of Platynereis dumerilii. They could not justify the subspecies based on this information, and thus P. antipoda is assigned as a valid species. Pectinate bars on Area IV can also be arranged in 3–4 triangular rows (Hutchings & Turvey 1982). Pre-natatory chaetigers of our female specimens were fewer than those of female P. antipoda from Port Hedland, Western Australia (21) (Hartmann-Schröder 1979), Port Jackson, New South Wales (21) (Hartman 1954), and South Australia (18) (Hutchings & Turvey 1982), suggesting that they are probably sympatric species. Morphological examination of both male and female epitokes of P. antipoda across Australian waters will better establish the limits of species. Read (2007) has described sympatric species of Platynereis from New Zealand based on both epitokous male and female specimens. Hutchings & Rainer (1979) found that P. antipoda from Careel Bay, New South Wales has dark brown acicula and no notopodial falcigers. Those characteristics look similar to a closely-related species, P. australis (Schmarda, 1861), which has black acicula (Imajima 1972) and lacks notopodial falcigers in adults (Hutchings & Reid 1991). Distribution. Southern Australia: South-West Australia, South Australia, Victoria (Table 2). Habitat. Intertidal, subtidal, muddy sand, rocky shores (Table 2)., Published as part of Hadiyanto, Hadiyanto, 2023, Nereididae (Annelida: Phyllodocida) from intertidal macroalgae in Western Australia, pp. 151-203 in Zootaxa 5239 (2) on pages 176-178, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5239.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7624123, {"references":["Hartman, O. (1954) Australian Nereidae including descriptions of three new species and one genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 77, 1 - 41.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Derby im Norden und Port Hedland im S ¸ den). Teil 2 und Teil 3. In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 76. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 77 - 218.","Hutchings, P. A. & Rainer, S. (1979) The polychaete fauna of Careel Bay, Pittwater, New South Wales, Australia. Journal of Natural History, 13, 745 - 796. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222937900770561","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1980) Die polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson im Norden und Exmouth im S ¸ den). In: Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Hartmann, G. (Eds.), Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der australischen Kusten unter besonder Berucksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Vol. 77. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen zoologischen Museum und Institut, Hamburg, pp. 41 - 110.","Hutchings, P. A. & Turvey, S. (1982) The Nereididae of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 106, 93 - 144.","Wilson, R. S. (1985) Nereis and Platynereis (Polychaeta: Nereididae) from Victoria with description of a new species of Nereis. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, 97, 129 - 138.","Bakken, T. & Wilson, R. S. (2005) Phylogeny of nereidids (Polychaeta, Nereididae) with paragnaths. Zoologica Scripta 34, 507 - 547. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1463 - 6409.2005.00200. x","Read, G. B. (2007) Taxonomy of sympatric New Zealand species of Platynereis, with description of three new species additional to P. australis (Schmarda). Zootaxa, 1558, 1 - 28. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 1558.1.1","Schmarda, L. K. (1861) Neue Wirbellose Thiere: Beobachted und Gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erdr 1853 bis 1857. In: Band, E. & Halfte, Z. (Eds.), Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Anneliden. Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig, pp. 1 - 164.","Imajima, M. (1972) Review of the annelid worms of the Family Nereidae of Japan, with descriptions of five new species or subspecies. Bulletin of the National Science Museum Tokyo, 15, 37 - 153."]}

Galapagomystides is an exclusively deep-sea group of Phyllodocidae, originally erected for Galapagomystides aristata from hydrothermal vents of the Galapagos Rift. In this study, Phyllodocidae collected from hydrothermal vents and methane seeps from the Pacific Ocean, including specimens from vents of the East Pacific Rise identified as Galapagomystides were studied using morphology (light microscopy and scanning electron microscopy) and DNA sequence data. Phylogenetic analysis of the newly generated molecular data (cytochrome c oxidase subunit I, 16S rRNA, 18S rRNA, and 28S rRNA) combined with an already available extensive dataset for Phyllodocidae resulted in a monophyletic Galapagomystides comprising five species. Galapagomystides aristata was found to occur on the East Pacific Rise vents as well as the Galapagos Rift and is redescribed. Two new species were from hydrothermal vents in the West Pacific, G. bobpearsoni n. sp., and G. kathyae n. sp., as well as one new species from a cold seep in the eastern Pacific, G. patricki n. sp. These new species are formally described, and a previously known vent species, Protomystides verenae, is redescribed and transferred to Galapagomystides. Galapagomystides verenae n. comb. was found to occur in both vents and seeps in the eastern Pacific, from Oregon to Costa Rica. The diagnosis of Galapagomystides is amended and the biogeography and habitat evolution of the five species of Galapagomystides is discussed.

Two new species of Pilargidae, Ancistrosyllis eidimtaiteae sp. nov. and A. suksani sp. nov., are described from the Gulf of Thailand. These Ancistrosyllis are characterized by having a median and two lateral antennae. Ancistrosyllis eidimtaiteae sp. nov. differs from all other species in the group by having brown pigmentation and by having both short antennae and tentacular cirri, first notopodial hooks from chaetiger 3, and a single type of neurochaetae (long non-limbate capillaries with bifid tips). Ancistrosyllis suksani sp. nov. can be distinguished from other species of Ancistrosyllis by the presence of the first notopodial hooks from chaetiger 4 and three types of neurochaetae (short, stout, falcates with a subdistal small guard, short limbates, and long bifid non-limbates). An updated key to the Ancistrosyllis species of this group is also provided.

The marine annelid family Sigalionidae is little known in the Grand Caribbean Region; there are few records of these worms in the area, and some of the recorded species have uncertain taxonomic status. In this contribution, the subfamily Pelogeniinae was addressed through a faunistic study, aiming to improve the knowledge of Sigalionidae in the region. In order to do this, material deposited in the three following institutions was examined: University of Miami Deep Sea Expeditions; Florida Museum of Natural History, University of Florida, Gainesville; and El Colegio de la Frontera Sur, Chetumal. Eleven species are recognized, including six newly described: Dayipsammolyce paulayi sp. nov., Hartmanipsammolyce pettiboneae sp. nov., Neopsammolyce fragilis sp. nov., Pelogenia brevipalpata sp. nov., P. capitata sp. nov. and P. salazarvallejoi sp. nov. Four other species are confirmed for this region: N. floccifera (Augener, 1906), P. hartmanae Pettibone, 1997, P. kinbergi (Hansen, 1882) and Psammolyce flava Kinberg, 1856; and one is indeterminate: N. aff. floccifera. A standardized terminology of neurochaetae is proposed, along with notes on the notochaetal morphology and elytral structures. For all genera covered in this study, identification keys are also provided.

Syllis pharynxcircunfusata (Hartmann-Schröder, 1979) n. comb. Figure 14 Typosyllis (Typosyllis) pharynxcircunfusata Hartmann-Schröder, 1979: 94, Figs 88–90. Typosyllis pharynxcircunfusata.— Licher 1999: 156, fig. 69. Material examined. AUSTRALIA. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Broome, cavity in calcareous crust, intertidal, Hartmann-Schröder leg. id., ZHM P-15471, holotype. Diagnosis. Body slender. Dorsal cirri short. Compound chaetae with slightly bidentate blades. Dorsal simple chaetae truncate. Posterior aciculae distally bent in right angle. Pharynx long and proventricle short. Anterior part of pharynx surrounded by a transparent, spherical structure with double wall and a longitudinal line. Description. Small size, 8–9 mm long incomplete and partially damaged specimen, 0.16 mm wide, 69 segments. Body colourless, slender, with segments not well marked. Prostomium oval, with four small eyes in open trapezoidal arrangement (Fig. 14A). Palps slightly longer than prostomium. Median antenna arising between anterior pair of eyes, similar in length to prostomium and palps together, with about 15 articles; lateral antennae shorter than median one, inserted in front of anterior eyes, with about nine articles. Peristomium shorter than subsequent segments; dorsal tentacular cirri similar in length to median antenna, with about 14 articles; ventral tentacular cirri about half of length of dorsal ones, with about 10 articles. Dorsal cirri relatively short, fusiform, mostly broken; dorsal cirri of first chaetiger longer than subsequent ones, with about 19–22 articles; midbody dorsal cirri with about 12 articles (Fig. 14B). Articles of dorsal cirri with numerous convoluted inclusions (Fig. 14A, B). Parapodia conical, slightly bilobed distally. Ventral cirri conical, shorter than parapodial lobes. Anterior parapodia with about 10 compound, heterogomph chaetae, reducing progressively to 6–8 on midbody-posterior parapodia. Blades of compound chaetae bidentate, with proximal tooth slender and slightly shorter than distal one and fine, short spines on margin; marked dorso-ventral gradation in size, 25 µm above, 10 µm below, in midbody (Fig. 14C). Shafts smooth, with small and fine spines on margin of most dorsal chaetae. Dorsal simple chaetae on most posterior parapodia, truncate, with minute subdistal spines (Fig. 14D). Ventral simple chaetae not seen. Aciculae solitary on all parapodia except most anterior ones, with two aciculae, slender, stout, distally slightly bent at right angle (Fig. 14E). Pharynx long, slender, through eight segments; pharyngeal tooth located on anterior margin, surrounded by a crown of 10 soft papillae; anterior part of pharynx surrounded by a transparent, spherical to ovate, probably a chitinous structure, with a double wall and a median, longitudinal line (Fig. 14A). Proventricle shorter than pharynx, through four segments, with around 30 muscle cell rows. Remarks. Syllis pharynxcicunfusata belongs to the group of species with truncate dorsal simple chaetae and aciculae bent in right angle. This species is very similar to Syllis erikae (Hartmann-Schröder, 1981), also from Western Australia, but the proventricle is shorter (through 2–3 segments), the dorsal cirri are not fusiform, as in S. pharynxcircunfusata, and the blades of compound chaetae are shorter. Other species of this group in Australia are Syllis albanyensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1984), Syllis rosea (Langerhans, 1879), Syllis edensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1989), and Syllis augeneri Haswell, 1920, but clearly differ in several characters such as proventricle length, dorsal cirri and chaetae (see Álvarez-Campos et al. 2015a; San Martín et al. 2017). None of the described species of Syllis have the characteristic hyaline, structure surrounding the pharynx, of unknown function, of S. pharynxcircunfusata. Although we have examined a large number of species and specimens of the genus Syllis from samples all around Australia, we have not seen any specimen with such a structure nor any other specimen of that species; perhaps it is simply an artifact, but since this species also differs from other species, we are maintaining S. pharyxcircunfusata as a valid species. Habitat. Inside crevices in calcareous concretions, intertidal. Distribution. Only known from the type-locality, Broome, Western Australia., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 277-278, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Teil 2. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Port Hedland in S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 76, 75 - 218.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1981) Teil 6. Die Polychaeten der tropischsubtropischen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Exmouth im Norden und Cervantes im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 78, 19 - 96.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Teil 10. Die Polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 81, 7 - 62.","Langerhans, P. (1879) Die Wurmfauna von Madeira. Zeitschrift Fur Wissenschaftliche Zoology, 32, 513 - 592.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1989) Teil 14. Die Polychaeten der antiborealen und subtropisch-tropischen K ¸ ste S ¸ dost-Australiens zwischen Lakes Entrance (Victoria) im S ¸ den und Maclean (New South Wales) im Norden. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 86, 11 - 63.","Haswell, W. A. (1920) Australian Syllidae, Eusyllidae and Autolytidae. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, 24, 90 - 112.","Alvarez-Campos, P., San Martin, G. & Hutchings, P. (2015 a) The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamark, 1818 (Annelida, Syllidae) from Australia. Molecular analysis and re-description of some poorly-known species. Zootaxa, 4052 (2), 297 - 331. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4052.3.2","San Martin, G., Alvarez-Campos, P. & Hutchings, P. (2017) The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1818 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (second part): four new species and re-description of twelve previously described species. Zootaxa, 4237 (2), 201 - 243. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4237.2.1"]}

Syllis imajimai n. sp. Figure 6 Typosyllis prolifera.— Imajima 1966: 292, text-fig. 65.— Hutchings & Murray 1984: 34. Non Krohn, 1852. Material examined. AUSTRALIA. NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury River, just downstream from junction with Colo River, 33º 26’ 30”S, 150 º 53’E, small beach, 40 m off beach, 4 m, fine clean sand sediment, Jones et al. coll., 11 May 1979, id. as Typosyllis prolifera by Hutchings & Murray, Holotype, AM W.196660. Diagnosis. Body robust, dark, reddish-brown, with numerous rounded hyaline dermal inclusions. Dorsal cirri slender and short. Compound chaetae with short, bidentate blades. Posterior aciculae slightly acuminate. Description. Holotype 8 mm long, 0.61 mm wide, for 54 chaetigers. Body broad, robust, contracted, very dark and opaque, reddish-brown, especially on anterior segments, except peristomium, with numerous minute rounded hyaline inclusions on dorsum (Fig. 6A), extending also to ventral side although less numerous. Prostomium pentagonal to oval, with some pigment spots; four eyes in trapezoidal arrangement and two anterior eyespots. Palps robust, similar in length to prostomium. Median antenna inserted on posterior part of prostomium, between posterior eyes, with 20 articles, longer than combined length of prostomium and palps; lateral antennae shorter than median one, with 14–15 articles each, shorter than median antenna. Peristomium shorter than subsequent segments, covering posterior part of prostomium, less pigmented than subsequent segments (Fig. 6A). Dorsal tentacular cirri with about 15 articles each; ventral tentacular cirri with about 10 articles. Dorsal cirri shorter than body width, somewhat longer on anterior segments; dorsal cirri of chaetiger 1, distinctly longer, with 19 articles, with well defined cirrophores and articles; in midbody, with about 20–23 articles, usually coiled (Fig. 6A). Parapodia conical, distally bilobed (Fig. 6B). Ventral cirri digitiform. All compound chaetae heterogomph falcigers with relatively short, markedly bidentate blades and small dorsoventral gradation in length and shape (Fig. 6C, D, E). Anterior parapodia each with about 16– 18 chaetae, blades elongated, proximal tooth similar to distal one, and short spines on margin (Fig. 6C), blades about 24–21 μm long; midbody parapodia with 13–14 compound chaetae (Fig. 6D), with thick shafts and short bidentate blades, all similar, with short spines on margin, 20–17 μm long; posterior parapodia with eight compound chaetae (Fig. 6E), similar to those of anterior parapodia but with thicker shafts and more marked proximal teeth, about 17 μm long. Dorsal simple chaeta from midbody parapodia, markedly bidentate, apparently smooth (Fig. 6F, G); ventral simple chaetae smooth, bidentate (Fig. 6H), on far posterior segments. Anterior parapodia with three slender aciculae aciculae (Fig. 6I), two at midbody (Fig. 6J), and single, slightly acuminate acicula in posterior parapodia (Fig. 6K). Pharynx long, extending through about six segments; pharyngeal tooth not seen because of opacity of anterior segments (Fig. 6A). Proventricle, through about six segments, with 28 muscle cell rows. Pygidium triangular, with two articulated anal cirri and one stylus. The holotype is developing a sexual dicerous stolon. Remarks. This species is characterised by its colour pattern, reddish-brown with small hyaline, refringent dermal inclusions, especially marked on anterior segments, dorsal cirri similar in length or shorter than body width, and compound chaetae with relatively short falcigers, with strong, acute proximal and distal teeth, especially from midbody onwards. The Australian examined specimen agrees very well with the Imajima’ description of Typosyllis prolifera, but differs in many aspects with the descriptions of this species from European coasts, a non pigmented species, with aciculae ending in rounded, hollow tips, and pharyngeal tooth located just behind the anterior margin of pharynx (see Fauvel 1923; Campoy 1982, San Martín 2003). Imajima (1966) states that the pharyngeal tooth is located on the anterior margin. Also, the dorsal simple chaetae are very characteristic, markedly bidentate, with the proximal teeth prominent on his material which is why we have recognized his material as our new species Syllis imajimai n. sp. Other species with hyaline, refringent dermal inclusion are Syllis pharobroomensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1979), n. comb. (see this paper), Syllis deleoini Salcedo-Oropeza, San Martín & Solís-Weiss, 2012, from southern Mexican Pacific, and Syllis ergeni Çinar, 2005, from the Aegean Sea, Turkey. Syllis ergeni is also a strongly pigmented species, the compound chaetae and dorsal simple chaetae are not as markedly bidentate as in S. imajimai n. sp. Syllis deleoni lacks colour pattern, the compound chaetae are similar, with relatively short bidentate blades, but both teeth are short, somewhat broader and close to each other (Salcedo-Oropeza et al. 2012). Etymology. The species is named after Dr Minoru Imajima, a Japanese polychaetologist, who made important contributions to our knowledge of the family Syllidae. Habitat. Fine clean sand sediment. Intertidal and shallow depths. Distribution. Australia (NSW). Japan., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 264-266, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Imajima, M. (1966) The Syllidae (Polychaetous Annelids) from Japan (V). Syllinae (2). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, 14 (4), 253 - 294. https: // doi. org / 10.5134 / 175446","Hutchings, P. & Murray, A. (1984) Taxonomy of polychaetes from the Hawkesbury River and the southern estuaries of New South Wales, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 3, 1 - 118. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.3.1984.101","Krohn, A. (1852) Ueber die Erscheinungen bei der Fortpflanzung von Syllis prolifera und Autolytus prolifer. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 18, 66 - 76.","Fauvel, P. (1923) Polychetes Errantes. En: Faune de France. Vol. 5. Le Chevalier, Paris, 486 pp.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Teil 2. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Port Hedland in S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 76, 75 - 218.","Salcedo-Oropeza, D. L., San Martin, G. & Solis-Weiss, V. (2012) The genus Syllis (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae) in the southern Mexican Pacific, with the description of two new species and three new records. Zootaxa, 3263 (1), 47 - 62. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3263.1.2"]}

Genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 For diagnosis and synonymies see Álvarez-Campos et al. (2015a, b) and San Martín & Aguado (2022)., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on page 252, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Alvarez-Campos, P., San Martin, G. & Hutchings, P. (2015 a) The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamark, 1818 (Annelida, Syllidae) from Australia. Molecular analysis and re-description of some poorly-known species. Zootaxa, 4052 (2), 297 - 331. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4052.3.2","San Martin, G. & Aguado, M. T. (2022) Family Syllidae Grube, 1850. In: Purschke, G., Boggemann, M. & Westheide, W. (Eds.), Handbook of Zoology Annelida Volume 4: Pleistoannelida, Errantia II. 7.13. 2. Walter de Gruyter GmbH, Berlin / Boston, pp. 152 - 227. https: // doi. org / 10.1515 / 9783110647167 - 008"]}

Syllis beneliahuae (Campoy & Alquézar, 1982) Figure 3 Langerhansia beneliahui Campoy & Alquézar, 1982: 124, fig. 3a, b.—Campoy 1982: 389, pls. 39, 40. Syllis beneliahuae.—San Martín 1984: 360, pls. 90, 91; 1992: 183, fig. 1K–M; 2003: 405, Figs 222, 223. Syllis (Ehlersia) cerina .— Augener 1913: 209, pl. 3, fig. 40 a, textfig. 25. Non Syllis cerina Grube, 1878. Typosyllis (Langerhansia) cornuta.— Hartmann-Schröder 1979: 88; 1980: 52; 1981: 29.— Hutchings & Murray 1984: 104. Non Rathke, 1843. Typosyllis beneliahuae.— Licher 1999: 47, fig. 22. Material examined. AUSTRALIA, QUEENSLAND: Liz 52-2, Outer Yonge Reef, Great Barrier Reef, 14° 36’ S, 145° 38’ E, coll. 24 Jan 1977, hand collected coral rubble, 30 m, AM W.53779, 1 specimen. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: WA 536, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Beacon Island, northeast entrance to Goss Passage, 28° 27’ 54” S, 113° 46’ 42” E, coll. 25 May 1994, hand collected on SCUBA underneath boulders embedded in coral sand, 33 m, AM W.53778, 1 specimen. WA 518, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Beacon Island, Goss Passage, 28° 25’ 30” S, 113° 47’, E, coll. 22 May 1994, hand collected on SCUBA, dead coral plates covered in coralline algae, 8 m, AM W.53776, 1 specimen. WA 524, Goss Passage, south east of Long Island, 28° 28’ 48” S, 113° 46’ 30” E, coll. 22 May 1994, 30 m, hand collected in calcareous substrate, AM W.53777, 3 specimens. WA 521, Goss Passage, north end of Long Island, 28° 28’ 18” S, 113° 46’ 18” E, coll. 22 May 1994, 8 m, hand collected dead coral covered in coralline algae, AM W.53775, 4 specimens. Site 70, Kimberley region, Descartes Island, 14° 11’ S, 125° 40’ E, coll. 20 July 1988, P. Hutchings, intertidal sand flats and mangroves, AM W.29542, several specimens. St. 115, Kimberley region, Shirley Island, St. 115, 16° 17’ S, 123° 26’ E, coll. 26 July 1988, coll. P. Hutchings, intertidal, in mangroves, sand and reef, AM W.29544, 1 specimen. Diagnosis. Body slender. Midbody dorsal cirri moderately long, alternating long and short; antennae tentacular and anterior dorsal cirri markedly longer. Compound chaetae of two kinds, few dorsal ones with bidentate spinigerlike blades and remaining chaetae with distinctly shorter, finely bidentate blades. Posterior aciculae acuminate. Description. Complete specimens, 8–9 mm long, 0.2 mm wide, with 81–91 chaetigers. Body relatively small, slender, filiform, without colour pattern. Prostomium rounded; four small eyes in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps elongated, longer than prostomium (Fig. 3A). Median antenna arising between posterior eyes, with about 16–22 articles, almost twice as long as combined length of prostomium and palps together; lateral antennae shorter than median one, with about 13–15 articles. Peristomium dorsally markedly shorter than subsequent segments (Fig. 3A). Dorsal tentacular cirri longer than lateral antennae and similar in length or shorter than median antenna, with about 18–20 articles; ventral tentacular cirri about half of length of dorsal ones, with 10–12 articles. Dorsal parapodial cirri of chaetigers 1 and 4 distinctly long, with about 25–27 articles, those of chaetiger 2 and 3 shorter, with 14–15 articles, remaining dorsal cirri alternating long and short; in midbody, long ones with about 20–22 articles, longer than body width; short ones with 10–11 articles, shorter than body width (Fig. 3B); articles of dorsal cirri with distinct, spiralized inclusions inside, especially from proventricular segments onwards (Fig. 3A, B). Parapodia conical. Ventral parapodial cirri digitiform, slightly longer than parapodial lobes. Compound chaetae of each parapodium with pseudospinigers and falcigers; one (sometimes two on most anterior parapodia) dorsalmost chaetae provided with distinctly longer and slender blades, pseudospinigers, distally bidentate, proximal tooth smaller than distal one, and straight, moderate spines on margins (Fig. 3C, E, G), 38 μm on anterior parapodia (Fig. 3C), 60 µm on midbody (Fig. 3E) and longer from midbody onwards, 80 μm long (Fig. 3G). Falcigers short, bidentate, proximal tooth shorter than distal one, and moderately long, straight spines on margin (Fig. 3D, F, H); anterior parapodia with 6–8 falcigers, 20–12 µm long (Fig. 3D); midbody and posterior parapodia each with four falcigers, with longer spines on margin, slightly distally curved on most dorsal ones, of similar length than those of anterior parapodia (Fig. 3F, H). Dorsal simple chaetae only seen in last parapodia of some specimens, minute, distally pointed and finely bidentate. Ventral simple chaetae only on most posterior segments of some specimens, similar to dorsal ones, smooth.Anterior parapodia with three slender aciculae each, distally pointed (Fig. 3I), reducing to two in each midbody parapodia, one acuminate and the other straight (Fig. 3J); solitary on posterior parapodia, acuminate (Fig. 3K). Pharynx long, extending through about 8–9 segments; pharyngeal tooth conical, on anterior margin of pharynx (Fig. 3A), usually located on chaetiger 3. Proventricle slightly shorter than pharynx, through 4–5 segments, with about 33–35 muscle cell rows. Pygidium with two anal cirri, and a median stylus. Remarks. Licher (1999) pointed that the Australian specimens reported as Syllis (Ehlersia) cerina by Augener (1913), Typosyllis (Langerhansia) cornuta by Hartmann-Schröder (1979, 1980, 1981) and Langerhansia cornuta by Hutchings & Murray (1984);are all similar but differ from the original description of Syllis cerina; the pseudospinigers are longer and unidentate in S. cerina from the Philippines, the falcigers have a smaller proximal tooth and shorter spines on their margin. We have followed Licher (1999) in our list of synonymies. Syllis cornuta Rathke, 1843, from Northern Europe, has longer dorsal cirri, straight acicula in posterior parapodia, and the falcigers are more elongated, with shorter spines on margin than those of S. beneliahuae (see Licher 1999). Habitat. Dead coral, vermetid reefs, calcareous algae, among mussels, coralline algae, sand. Intertidal to more than 30 m. Distribution. Mediterranean, East Atlantic (Canary Islands), West Atlantic (Caribbean Sea, Cuba), Pacific coast of Panamá. New record for Australia (NSW, WA, QLD). This widespread distribution should be confirmed by molecular studies, as may represent a suite of cryptic species., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 257-259, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Campoy, A. & Alquezar, E. (1982) Anelidos poliquetos de las formaciones de Dendropoma petraeum (Monterosato) de las costas del sureste de Espana. Actas del II Simposio Iberico de Estudios del Bentos Marino, Barcelona, 3, 121 - 137.","Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. Die Fauna S ¸ dwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse des Hamburger Sudwest-australischen Forschungreise, 4 (5), 65 - 304. [1905]","Grube, A. (1878) Annulata Semperiana. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Annelidenfauna der Philippinen. Memoires de l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg, 7, 1 - 300.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Teil 2. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Port Hedland in S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 76, 75 - 218.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1980) Teil 4. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Exmouth im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 77, 41 - 110.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1981) Teil 6. Die Polychaeten der tropischsubtropischen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Exmouth im Norden und Cervantes im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 78, 19 - 96.","Hutchings, P. & Murray, A. (1984) Taxonomy of polychaetes from the Hawkesbury River and the southern estuaries of New South Wales, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 3, 1 - 118. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.3.1984.101","Rathke, H. (1843) Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens. Nova Acta Academie Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae Germanicum Naturae Curiosorum, 20, 1 - 264. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 120119","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336."]}

Syllis thylacine n. sp. Figure 19 Material examined. AUSTRALIA, NEW SOUTH WALES: MI NSW3427, north east of Kurnell, “Anchor Reef”, 34° 00’ 33” S, 151° 13’ 51” E, coll. 16 Mar 2009, 17.6 m, coarse-medium shelly sediment with echinoid spines, holotype AM W.53916, paratypes, AM W.53917, 2 specimens. Additional material examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Maroubra Beach, 33° 57’ S, 151° 15’ E, coll. 21 Apr 2005, 0.5 m, M. Capa, algae Corallina and Udotea in intertidal pools, AM W.53915, 2 specimens. Diagnosis. Single, slender, transverse reddish band on posterior part of each segment and two spots on bases of cirrophores. Dorsal cirri long, alternating in length in midbody. Compound chaetae bidentate falcigers. Posterior aciculae distally rounded, with apparently hollow tips. Pharynx and proventricle of similar length. Description. Holotype, complete specimen, 5 mm long, 0.4 mm wide, with 55 chaetigers. Body wide, orangeyellowish, with a slender transverse reddish band on the posterior margins of each segment and a lateral spot on bases of each cirrophore (Fig. 19A). Prostomium almost pentagonal; four eyes in open trapezoidal arrangement and two anterior eyespots. Palps similar in length to prostomium. Median antenna arising in center of prostomium, with about 33–35 articles, distinctly longer than combined length of prostomium and palps; lateral antennae shorter than median one, with about 22–23 articles (Fig. 19A). Peristomium markedly shorter than subsequent segments (Fig. 19A). Dorsal tentacular cirri longer than median antenna, with about 38–40 articles; ventral tentacular cirri distinctly shorter than dorsal ones, with about 15 articles. Dorsal parapodial cirri long, those of anterior chaetigers longer than subsequent ones with 40–42/30/34/40/25 articles on first five chaetigers; remaining dorsal cirri alternating long, longer than body width, and short, similar to body width, with 28–30/20 articles respectively (Fig. 19A). Parapodia distally slightly bilobed. Ventral parapodial cirri digitiform. Compound chaetae all markedly bidentate falcigers, with proximal teeth similar or larger than distal teeth (Fig. 19B–D) and short to moderate straight spines on margin, diminishing in length from basal to distal parts; shafts of posterior chaetae somewhat larger and more strongly bidentate than those of anterior parapodia. Anterior parapodia each with 10–12 compound chaetae, blades with dorso-ventral gradation, 25 μm long above, 13 μm long below (Fig. 19B); midbody parapodia each with about 6–8 compound chaetae, with less marked dorso-ventral gradation in length than those of anterior parapodia and blades strongly bidentate, less marked dorso-ventral gradation in length of blades, about 22 μm long above, 12 μm long below (Fig. 19C); posterior parapodia each with six compound chaetae, strongly bidentate blades, similar in length to those on midbody. Dorsal simple chaetae on midbody and posterior parapodia, distally bifid, with minute spines on margin (Fig. 19F). Ventral simple chaetae on far posterior segments, slender, smooth, bidentate, (Fig. 19G). Aciculae distally rounded, apparently hollow on tips (Fig. 19H–J), two on each anterior parapodium, and solitary on each midbody and posterior parapodia. Pharynx extending through about eight segments; pharyngeal tooth daggershaped, located close to anterior margin (Fig. 19A). Proventricle through about seven segments, with about 32 muscle cell rows. Pygidium with two anal cirri, and median stylus. Remarks. Syllis thylacine n. sp. is similar to the Australian species S. busseltonensis Hartmann-Schröder, 1982, described above, and S. prolifera Krohn, 1852, an apparently world- wide species, but these species lack any colour pattern, the dorsal cirri are not as long as in S. thylacine n.sp. and there are some small differences in the details of the chaetae, although similar in all these species. These species have slender aciculae, ending in a rounded tip, apparently hollow. There are only a few other species of Syllis with this type of aciculae, such as S. vivipara Krohn, 1869; S. prolixa Ehlers, 1901, from Southern Chile and Argentina, as well as Antarctica; S. rubicunda Aguado, San Martín & Nishi, 2006, from Japan; S. antoniae Salcedo-Oropeza, San Martín & Solís-Weiss, 2012, from the Pacific coast of México; S. zahri Sedick & Simon, 2019, and S. unzima Simon, San Martín & Robinson, 2014, both from South Africa; S. escribanoi San Martín, Lucas & Westheide, 2021, from China; and the above described species S. similisunizima. Syllis vivipara and S. unzima are viviparous species (see Krohn, 1869; Goodrich, 1900; San Martín, 2003; Simon et al. 2014), with almost unidentate blades; S. vivipara lacks any colour pattern and S. unzima has a different colour pattern to S. thylacine n. sp., with two slender dark bands on each segment. Also S. escribanoi, S. antoniae; and S. prolixa, lack colour patterns and the chaetae are unidentate or with small proximal teeth (Ehlers 1901; Salcedo-Oropeza et al. 2012; San Martín et al. 2021). Syllis rubicunda has broad dorsal cirri and a red or orange uniform colour pattern (Aguado et al. 2006). Syllis zahri is light pink to light brown, with two dark brown bars across dorsum on anterior and posterior margins of anterior segments, and the chaetae are not as strongly bidentate as in S. thylacine n. sp. Syllis malaquini Ribeiro. Ponz-Segrells, Helm, Egger & Aguado, 2020, has a similar colour pattern, but the body is slender, the dorsal cirri are much shorter, the pharynx and proventricle are much longer and the aciculae are acuminate. Haswell (1886) described from the same area the species Gnathosyllis zonata, which is considered by Licher (1999) as synonym of S. prolifera. It was described based on a single, incomplete specimen; the chaetae seem to be similar to those of S. thylacine n. sp., but the colour pattern is different, with two transverse bands on the dorsum of each segment and purple rings on dorsal cirri, so we consider them as different species. Unfortunately, the type is lost so the status of this species cannot be confirmed unless additional material is collected and a neotype designated. Etymology. The species is named after the Tasmanian Wolf (Thylacinus cynocephalus), an extinct carnivorous marsupial, which also had distinctive stripes on its back. Habitat. Shelly sediments with echinoid spines, from intertidal to 11.8 m depth. Distribution. Australia (NSW).

Syllis hyalina Grube, 1863 Figure 5 Syllis hyalina Grube, 1863: 45, pl. 4, fig. 8.—San Martín 2003: 426. Typosyllis hyalina.— Langerhans 1881: 42.—Campoy 1982: 459, fig. 66.— Licher 1999: 199, fig. 86. Syllis (Typosyllis) hyalina.— Fauvel 1923: 262, Figs 98 a, b.— Day 1967: 246, fig. 12–1 v–x.— Gardiner 1976: 140, fig. 12 v–w.—Day & Hutchings 1984: 277. Typosyllis (Typosyllis) hyalina.— Hartmann-Schröder 1979: 89, Figs 57–61; 1980: 50; 1981: 26; 1982: 59; 1983: 128; 1984: 15; 1990: 47; 1991: 28. Material examined. AUSTRALIA, QUEENSLAND: Outer Yonge Reef, Great Barrier Reef, 14° 36’ S, 145° 38’ E, coll. 24 Jan 1977, 30 m, coral rubble, AM W.53889, 1 specimen. NEW SOUTH WALES: MI NSW 8423, north east of Kurnell, “Anchor Reef”, 34° 00’ 33” S, 151° 13’ 51” E, coll. 16 Mar 2009, 17.8 m, encrusting coralline algae with ascidians, sponges and barnacles, AM W.53891, 2 specimens. NEW SOUTH WALES: MI NSW 8423, north east of Kurnell, “Anchor Reef”, 34° 00’ 33” S, 151° 13’ 51” E, coll. 16 Mar 2009, 17.8 m, encrusting coralline algae with ascidians, sponges and barnacles, AM W.53891, 2 specimens. Fairlight, Port Jackson, 33.8ºS 151.28ºE, 0.5 m, subtidal brown algae, coll. C. Fraser & M. Capa, 19 Feb 2006, id. with doubts as Syllis zonata by G. San Martín, AM W.37076, 1 midbody fragment. VICTORIA: Rye Pier, Port Phillip Bay, 38° 23’ S, 144° 50’ E, coll. 23 Oct 2005, AM W.53885, 1 specimen. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Goss Passage, south east of Long Island, 28° 28’ 48” S, 113° 46’ 30” E, coll. 22 May 1994, 30 m, dead coral in calcareous substrate. AM W.530901, 2 specimens. WA 517, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Beacon Island, Goss Passage, 28° 25’ 30” S, 113° 47’ E, coll. 21 May 1994, AM W.53896, 2 specimens. WA 525, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Goss Passage, south east end of Long Island, 28° 28’ 48” S, 113° 46’ 30” E, coll. 22 May 1994, 8 m, dead coral covered in coralline algae, AM W.53895, 1 specimen. WA 528, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Goss Passage, Beacon Island, off jetty adjacent to Fisheries Hut, 28° 25’ 30” S, 113° 47’ E, coll. 23 May 1994, 12 m, dead coral, AM W.53884, 1 specimen. WA 511, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Beacon Island, Goss Passage, 28° 25’ 30” S, 113° 47’ E, coll. 18 May 1994, 10 m, dead branching coral covered in coralline algae, AM W.53893, 1 specimen. WA 522, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, north end of Long Island, Goss Passage, 28° 27’ 54” S, 113° 46’18” E, coll. 22 May 1994, 5–6 m, dead coral covered in coralline and brown algae, AM W.53899, 3 specimens. Houtman Abrolhos Islands, west side of Rat Island, 28° 44’ S, 113° 47’ E, coll. 21 Jun 2008, 2 m, dead coral, coll. Aguado & San Martín, 21 Jun 2008, AM W.53902, 1 specimen. WA 539, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, off south end of Long Island, Beacon Island, 28° 48” S, 113° 46’ 18” E, coll. 25 May 1994, 4–5 m, dead coral covered in coralline algae, AM W.53887, 9 specimens. WA 518, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Beacon Island, Goss Passage, 28° 25’ 30” S, 113° 47’ E, coll. 22 May 1994, 8 m, dead coral plates covered in coralline algae, AM W.53919, 5 specimens. WA 528, Goss Passage, Beacon Island, off jetty adjacent to Fisheries Hut, 28° 25’ 30” S, 113° 47’ E, coll. 23 May 1994, 12 m, dead coral, AM W.53884, 18 specimens. St. 21, Ningaloo Reefs, 22° 17’ S, 118° 48’ E. coll. 19 June 2008, C. Hesse, algal turf, AM W.53905, 1 specimen, AM W.53890, 1 specimen. WA 362, Cape Range National Park, inshore limestone reefs off Neds Camp, 21° 59’ S, 113° 55’ E, coll. 2 Jan 1984, 1 m, frilly Caulerpa, AM W. 53883, 3 specimens. St. 50, Kimberley region, East Montalivet Island, 15° 06’ S, 125° 18’ E, coll. 15–16 Jul 1988, 0–6 m, some intertidal, AM W.53904, 1 specimen. St. 59, Kimberley region, west side of Cassini Island, 13° 57’ S, 125° 37’ E, coll. 18 Jul 1988, low tide, P Hutchings, AM W.53900, 1 specimen. St. 68, Kimberley region, Lafontaine Island, 14° 10’ S, 125° 47’ E, coll. 19 Jul 1988, 15 m, coll. P. Hutchings, AM W.53902, 3 specimens. WA 392, Exmouth Gulf, beach at north end of Bundegi Reef, 21° 49’ S, 114° 11’ E, coll. 4 Jan 1984, rocky rubble, brown alga with epiphytic growth, sticky sediment, AM W.53882, 2 specimens. WA 521, Exmouth Gulf, beach at north end of Bundegi Reef, 21° 49’ S, 114° 11’ E, coll. 4 Jan 1984, rocky rubble, covered in brown alga with epiphytic growth, sticky sediment, AM W.53882, 1 specimen, AM W.53897, 100 specimens. NORTHERN TERRITORY: NT 319, off Nightcliff, Old Mans Rock, 12° 28’ 30” S, 130° 54’ 12” E, coll. 17 Jul 1993, 5–7 m, coral rubble, sponges and hydroids, AM W.53892, 2 specimens. Darwin Harbour, Dudley Point, 12° 24’ 54” S, 130° 49’ E, coll. 18 Jul 1999, 7–8 m, coral rubble and algae, AM W.53901, 1 specimen. NT 339, Darwin Harbour, Lee Point, 12° 20’ S, 130° 53’ 48” E, coll. 11 Jul 1993, 3 m, coral rubble, AM W.53894, 2 specimens. Diagnosis. Body slender. Dorsal cirri short, not thick as in S. armillaris. Compound chaetae of midbody with short, bidentate blades. Midbody aciculae protruding out from parapodial lobes. Posterior aciculae acuminate. Description. Longest examined specimen 19 mm long, 0.42 mm wide, for 125 chaetigers. Body long and slender, elongated, without colour markings, but some small specimens with single transverse dark brown stripe on some anterior segments. Prostomium pentagonal to oval; four eyes in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps robust, similar in length to prostomium. Median antenna inserted on posterior part of prostomium, between posterior eyes, with 9–10 articles, slightly shorter than combined length of prostomium and palps; lateral antennae shorter than median one, with eight articles each, shorter than median antenna. Peristomium shorter than subsequent segments (Fig. 5A). Dorsal tentacular cirri slightly longer than median antenna, with about 15 articles each; ventral tentacular cirri with about nine articles. Dorsal cirri short all along body, shorter than body width, somewhat longer and more slender on anterior segments; dorsal cirri of chaetiger 1 distinctly longer, with 19 articles; and shorter and thicker, more or less fusiform, from midbody onwards (Fig. 5A), with well defined cirrophores and articles; from midbody onwards, dorsal cirri alternating short, with about eight articles and slightly longer ones, with about 9–10 articles (Fig. 5A). Parapodia conical. Ventral cirri digitiform. All compound chaetae heterogomph falcigers. Anterior parapodia each with about 10–12 chaetae, blades elongated, bidentate, proximal tooth short, and short spines on margin (Fig. 5B), blades about 30 μm long above, 15 μm long below; midbody parapodia with 6–7 compound chaetae (Fig. 5C), with thick shafts and short bidentate blades, all similar, with short spines on margin, 17–15 μm long; posterior parapodia with 3–4 compound chaetae (Fig. 5D), similar to those of anterior parapodia but shorter. Dorsal and ventral simple on far posterior segments of some specimens; dorsal simple chaetae slightly bidentate, with minute spines on margin (Fig. 5E); ventral simple chaetae smooth, bidentate (Fig. 5F). Anterior parapodia with 3–4 slender aciculae aciculae (Fig. 5G), two at midbody (Fig. 5H), thick, one distally pointed and other acuminate, slightly protruding from parapodial lobes, and single, acuminate acicula in posterior parapodia (Fig. 5I). Pharynx long, extending through about 8–10 segments; pharyngeal tooth on anterior margin of pharynx (Fig. 5A). Proventricle similar in length to pharynx, through about 8–10 segments, with 29–30 muscle cell rows. Pygidium triangular, with two articulated anal cirri and one stylus. Remarks. This species is very similar to Syllis armillaris, above described, and related species (see Remarks of S. armillaris). Both species have long and slender bodies, without colour pattern (except on some small specimens), with short and relatively thick dorsal cirri, and similar chaetae. However, S. armillaris has thicker dorsal cirri on midbody, with compound chaetae unidentate, and also differs in regard to the aciculae. Both species have been described with pentacerous stolons; however, we have not found any stolons on the Australian material, although several specimens of both species exhibited signs of stolonization. Syllis glandulata Nogueira & San Martín, 2002, from Brazil, has a similar body and chaetae, but has numerous remarkable refringent glands on lateral margins of each segment (Nogueira & San Martín, 2002). Habitat. Common in all littoral and sublittoral substrates, especially on hard bottoms (algae, calcareous algae, dead corals) but also on sand. Distribution. Apparently Cosmopolitan. Reported all around Australia, but this needs to be confirmed by molecular studies as may represent a species complex., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 261-264, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Grube, A. E. (1863) Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 29, 37 - 69. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 9306","Langerhans, P. (1881) Ueber einige canarische Anneliden. Nova Acta Academiae Leopoldino-Carolinae Germanicae Naturae Curiosorum, 42, 93 - 124.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Fauvel, P. (1923) Polychetes Errantes. En: Faune de France. Vol. 5. Le Chevalier, Paris, 486 pp.","Day, J. H. (1967) A monograph on the Polychaeta of southern Africa. Vol. 1. Errantia & Vol. 2. Sedentaria. Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History), London, pp. viii + 458 + ix - xxix & pp. xviii + 459 - 878.","Gardiner, S. L. (1976) Errant polychaete annelids from North Carolina. Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, 91 (3), 77 - 220.","Hutchings, P. & Murray, A. (1984) Taxonomy of polychaetes from the Hawkesbury River and the southern estuaries of New South Wales, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 3, 1 - 118. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.3.1984.101","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Teil 2. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Port Hedland in S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 76, 75 - 218.","Nogueira, J. M. M. & San Martin, G. (2002) Species of Syllis Savigny un Lamarck, 1818 (Polychaeta: Syllidae) living in the State of S \" o Paulo, Southeastern Brazil. Beaufortia, 52 (7), 57 - 93."]}

Syllis busseltonensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1982), n. comb. Figure 4 Typosyllis (Typosyllis) busseltonensis Hartmann-Schröder, 1982: 62, Figs 31–35; 1983: 127; 1984: 14; 1987: 33; 1989: 19; 1990: 46; 1992: 56. Typosyllis busseltonensis.— Licher, 1999: 125, fig. 65 D–F. Material examined. AUSTRALIA, NEW SOUTH WALES: Golf Course bommie, 500 m north-east of Ulladulla Head, 35° 20’ 29” S, 150° 29’ 12” E, coll. 2 May 1997, 15 m, gravel at base of boulders, AM W.3926, 1 specimen. Broughton Island, Esmeralda Cove, 32° 37’ 12” S, 152° 19’ E, coll. 11 May 1978, coll. P. Hutchings, St. 2818, NSW Fisheries, kelp holdfast, AM W.53912, 2 specimens. NSW 680, Split Solitary Island, 15–17 m, 7 March 1992, AM W.29504, 1 specimen. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Pondalowie and Marion Bays, Yorke Peninsula, 35° 14’ S, 136° 50’ E, coll. I. Loch, 22 Feb 1985, 0–3 m, Caulerpa and green algae, AM W.53913, 3 specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: WA 362, Cape Range National Park, inshore limestone reef off Neds Camp, 21° 59’ S, 113° 55’ E, coll. 2 Jan 1984, 1 m, frilly Caulerpa, AM W. 53910, 2 specimens. WA 391, Exmouth Gulf, beach at north end of Bundegi Reef, 21° 49’ S, 114° 11’ E, coll. 4 Jan 1984, 1–2 m, rocky rubble, coralline algae with green epiphyte, AM W.53906, 4 specimens. WA 392, Exmouth Gulf, beach at north end of Bundegi Reef, 21° 49’ S, 114° 11’ E, coll. 4 Jan 1984, 1–2 m, coral rubble, brown alga with epiphytic growth, sticky sediment, AM W.53882, 17 specimens. Diagnosis. Midbody dorsal cirri slender, moderately long; antennae, tentacular and anterior dorsal cirri longer than those of midbody. Compound chaetae with short, bidentate blades. Pharynx and proventricle short. Pharyngeal tooth elongate, located slightly back from anterior margin of pharynx. Posterior aciculae ending in rounded, apparently hollow, tips. Description. Longest complete specimen examined 6 mm long, 0.35 mm wide, with 57 chaetigers. Body slender, pale, without colour markings. Prostomium more or less oval; four eyes in open trapezoidal arrangement. Palps similar in length to prostomium (Fig. 4A). Median antenna arising between posterior eyes, with about 20–25 articles, longer than combined length of prostomium and palps; lateral antennae shorter than median one, with about 14–16 articles. Peristomium similar in length to subsequent segments (Fig. 4A). Dorsal tentacular cirri shorter than median antenna, with about 16–17 articles; ventral tentacular cirri distinctly shorter than dorsal ones, with about 10– 12 articles. Dorsal parapodial cirri elongated, alternating long, similar in length to body width, and short, with 18–20 and 14–15 articles (Fig. 4A); dorsal parapodial cirri of first chaetiger slightly longer than dorsal tentacular cirri, with up to 20 articles. Parapodia distally slightly bilobed. Ventral parapodial cirri digitiform. Compound chaetae bidentate falcigers, with proximal tooth smaller than distal tooth (Fig. 4B, C, D) and short to moderate spines on margin, diminishing in length from basal to distal region; shafts of posterior chaetae slightly larger. Anterior parapodia each with 10–12 compound chaetae, blades with dorso-ventral gradation, 30–31 μm long above, 15 μm long below (Fig. 4B); midbody and posterior parapodia each with 6–8 compound chaetae, with less marked dorsoventral gradation in length than those of anterior parapodia, blades about 25 μm long above, 20 μm long below (Fig. 4C, D). Dorsal simple chaetae on posterior parapodia only, smooth, distally bifid (Fig. 4H). Ventral simple chaetae on far posterior segments only, and only on some specimens, slender, bidentate (Fig. 4I). Aciculae distally rounded, apparently with hollow tips (Fig. 4E, F, G), three on each anterior parapodium, two in midbody parapodia and solitary on posterior ones. Pharynx extending through about 3–4 segments; pharyngeal tooth, dagger-shaped, located posteriorly to anterior margin (Fig. 4A). Proventricle through about 3–5 segments, with about 27–30 muscle cell rows. Pygidium with two anal cirri, with about 15 articles, and median stylus. Several specimens are developing sexual stolons, and others show posterior regeneration after detaching stolons. Remarks. This species is quite similar to Syllis prolifera Kohn, 1852 from European coasts, with a similar body, aciculae and chaetae. Also, both species have a relatively short pharynx and proventricle, with the pharyngeal tooth located distally from the anterior margin (see San Martín 2003). However, S. busseltonensis has a longer, daggershaped pharyngeal tooth, and the chaetae, although similar, are slightly different being more markedly bidentate. Hartmann-Schröder (1980) reported Syllis prolifera (as Typosyllis (Typosyllis) cf. prolifera) with doubtful records from Exmouth, and Hutchings & Murray (1984) reported Typosyllis prolifera from Hawkesbury River; however, their description does not match with that species but with S. imajimai n. sp. (see below). So, we conclude that probably S. prolifera does not occur in Australia. Distribution. Australia (NSW, VIC, SA, WA). Polynesia. Habitat. Among algae, with or without sediments., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 259-261, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1982) Teil 8. Die Polychaeten der subtropischen - antiborealen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Cervantes im Norden und Cape Naturaliste im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 79, 51 - 118.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1980) Teil 4. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Exmouth im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 77, 41 - 110.","Hutchings, P. & Murray, A. (1984) Taxonomy of polychaetes from the Hawkesbury River and the southern estuaries of New South Wales, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 3, 1 - 118. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.3.1984.101"]}

Syllis narranuk n. sp. Figures 7, 8 Material examined. AUSTRALIA, WESTERN AUSTRALIA: St. 115, Kimberleys, Shirley Island, 16° 17’ S, 123° 26’ E, coll. 20 July 1988, by P. Hutchings, Holotype, AM W.53791. Diagnosis. Body slender. Dorsal cirri slender, alternating long and short on midbody. Two kinds of spiniger-like chaetae, one with longer blades, both unidentate, with short spines on margin basally, apparently smooth distally; falcigers slender, slightly bidentate, with long and fine spines on margin. Posterior aciculae acuminate. Description. Holotype complete specimen, 6 mm long, 0.28 mm wide, with 80 chaetigers. Body relatively small, slender, filiform, without colour pattern. Prostomium oval; four small eyes in trapezoidal arrangement and pair of anterior minute eyespots. Palps broad, slightly longer than prostomium (Fig. 7A). Median antenna arising between posterior eyes, with about 16 articles, somewhat longer than combined length of prostomium and palps together; lateral antennae shorter than median one, with about 12 articles. Peristomium dorsally distinctly shorter than subsequent segments (Fig. 7A). Dorsal tentacular cirri similar in length or shorter than median antenna; ventral tentacular cirri about half the length of dorsal ones. Dorsal parapodial cirri of chaetigers 1 and 4 longer than remaining, with about 19 articles, those of chaetiger 2 and 3 shorter, with 10–11 articles, remaining dorsal cirri alternating long and short; in midbody, long ones with about 14 articles; short ones with nine articles, all shorter than body width (Fig. 7B). Parapodia conical. Ventral parapodial cirri digitiform, shorter than parapodial lobes. Compound chaetae of each parapodium with long pseudospinigers (Fig. 8A, E, I), short pseudospinigers (Fig. 8B, F, J) and falcigers (Fig. 8C, G, K); all types of chaetae with slender shafts and elongated, thin blades, with moderate to long, very thin spines on margin. Spiniger-like chaetae unidentate and apparently smooth distally; falcigers slightly bidentate, with a minute proximal tooth. Anterior parapodia with 2–3 long spiniger-like chaetae (Fig. 8A), with long blades, about 88 µm, 3–4 short spiniger-like chaetae (Fig. 8B), 30 µm long, and about 8 falcigers (Fig. 8C), 20–9 µm long; midbody segments with two long spinger-like chaetae (Fig. 8E), 140 μm long, two short spiniger-like chaetae (Fig. 8F), 35 μm long, and five falcigers (Fig. 8G), 20–13 μm long; posterior parapodia with single long spiniger-like chaeta (Fig. 8I), blade 110 µm long, one short spiniger-like (Fig. 8J), 33 µm long, and 2–3 falcigers (Fig. 8K), 19–12 µm long. Dorsal simple chaetae only present in some posterior parapodia, relatively thick, smooth, distally markedly bidentate (Fig. 8L). Ventral simple chaetae only on most posterior segments, slender, smooth, weakly bidentate (Fig. 8M). Anterior parapodia with 3–4 slender aciculae each, distally pointed (Fig. 8D), reducing to single in midbody and posterior parapodia, slender and acuminate (Fig. 8H, N). Pharynx long, everted, extending through about 8–9 segments (occupying probably 11 when retracted); pharyngeal tooth conical, on anterior margin of pharynx (Fig. 7A). Proventricle shorter than pharynx, through seven segments, with about 28 muscle cell rows. Pygidium with two anal cirri, and a median stylus. Remarks. Syllis narranuk n. sp. is characterized by having two kinds of spiniger-like chaetae on each parapodium, some with very long blades and others shorter, and also some falcigers, with slightly bidentate blades and moderate to long, very thin spines on margin. None of the described species of this genus have similar chaetae, and so we have described this as a new species, although we found only a single specimen. There are some other Australian species with spiniger-like compound chaetae, but they are very different to S. narranuk n. sp. Syllis broomensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1979) has a single kind of spiniger-like chaetae, with spines on margin up the tip, more markedly bidentate falcigers, with longer spines on margin (Hartmann-Schröder 1979, Álvarez-Campos et al. 2015a). Syllis boggemanni San Martín, Álvarez-Campos & Hutchings, 2017 has bidentate spiniger-like chaetae with short spines, except distally, and the falcigers are longer than those of S. narranuk n. sp., distinctly bidentate (San Martín et al. 2017). Syllis rosea (Langerhans, 1879) has very different compound chaetae, the dorsal simple chaeta is truncated and the posterior aciculae are “foot-like” (San Martín et al. 2017) instead of acuminate as found in S. narranuk n. sp. Finally, Syllis yallingupensis (Hartmann-Schröder 1982) has much longer antennae, tentacular and dorsal cirri, the spiniger-like chaetae are spinulated on the margin up the distal part, the falcigers are markedly bidentate, with proximal tooth longer than distal one, and the distal spines are long (Hartmann-Schröder, 1982, San Martín et al. 2017). Etymology. The specific name “narranuk” is an aboriginal name to “hair”, in reference to the long, slender chaetae, appearing as long hairs in the parapodia. Habitat. Intertidal on sand/mudflats in front of extensive stands of mangroves. Distribution. Only known from the Kimberley region, Western Australia., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 266-269, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Teil 2. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Port Hedland in S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 76, 75 - 218.","Alvarez-Campos, P., San Martin, G. & Hutchings, P. (2015 a) The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamark, 1818 (Annelida, Syllidae) from Australia. Molecular analysis and re-description of some poorly-known species. Zootaxa, 4052 (2), 297 - 331. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4052.3.2","San Martin, G., Alvarez-Campos, P. & Hutchings, P. (2017) The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1818 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (second part): four new species and re-description of twelve previously described species. Zootaxa, 4237 (2), 201 - 243. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4237.2.1","Langerhans, P. (1879) Die Wurmfauna von Madeira. Zeitschrift Fur Wissenschaftliche Zoology, 32, 513 - 592.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1982) Teil 8. Die Polychaeten der subtropischen - antiborealen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Cervantes im Norden und Cape Naturaliste im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 79, 51 - 118."]}

Syllis variegata Grube, 1860 Fig. 21 Syllis variegata Grube, 1860: 85, pl. 3, fig. 6.—San Martín 2003: 351, Figs 190, 191. Typosyllis (Syllis) variegata.— Langerhans, 1879: 532. Syllis (Typosyllis) variegata.— Augener 1913: 206; 1927: 143.— Haswell 1920: 91, pl. 10, Figs 1, 2.— Fauvel 1923: 262, fig. 97 h–n. Typosyllis (Typosyllis) variegata.— Hartmann-Schröder 1980: 50; 1981: 27; 1982: 59. Typosyllis (Typosyllis) cf. variegata.— Hartmann-Schröder 1984: 16. Typosyllis variegata.— Langerhans 1881: 532.— Day 1967: 248, Figs 12.3 g–i.— Hutchings & Rainer 1979: 752.— Hutchings & Murray 1984: 34.—Campoy 1982: 455, pl. 65.— Licher 1999: 101, fig. 49. Material examined. AUSTRALIA, NEW SOUTH WALES: NSW 1298, Golf Course bommie, 500 m north-east of Ulladulla Head, 35° 20’ 29” S, 150° 29’ 12” E, coll. 2 May 1997, 15 m, gravel at base of boulders, AM W.53908, 4 specimens. Port Jackson, Middle Harbour, Fairlight, 33° 39’ S, 151° 19’ E, coll. 22 Jul 2005, 0–9 m, AM W.53923, 1 specimen. Port Jackson, Fairlight, 33° 48’ S, 151° 17’ E, coll. 19 Feb 2006, 1 m, balanoid barnacles and sponges, AM W.32040, 3 specimens. MI NSW 3427, north east of Kurnell, “Anchor Reef”, 34° 00’ 33” S, 151° 13’ 51” E, coll. 16 Mar 2009, 17.6 m, coarse-medium shelly sediment with echinoid spines, AM W.53914, 1 specimen. Diagnosis. Body robust. Transversal reddish ∞ shaped on anterior segments (sometimes indistinct after fixation). Dorsal cirri long, alternating in length in midbody. Compound chaetae bidentate falcigers with short spines on margin. Posterior aciculae straight, distally acute, protruding out from parapodial lobes. Description. Longest complete specimen 9 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, with 86 chaetigers. Body robust, dark, with a light transverse figure of ∞ on dorsum of each anterior segment, absent after proventricular segments. Prostomium almost circular; four eyes in trapezoidal arrangement and two small anterior eyespots. Palps similar in length to prostomium (Fig. 21A), usually ventrally bent. Median antenna arising between posterior eyes, with about 16 articles, slightly longer than combined length of prostomium and palps; lateral antennae shorter than median one, with about 15 articles. Peristomium shorter than subsequent segments. Dorsal tentacular cirri similar in length to median antenna, with similar number of articles; ventral tentacular cirri about half as long as dorsal ones. Dorsal parapodial cirri of first chaetiger distinctly longer than subsequent ones, with about 29 articles; dorsal parapodial cirri of anterior body chaetigers coiled over dorsum, with about 24 articles (long ones) to 12 articles (short ones); from proventricular segments, dorsal parapodial cirri alternating long, with about 28 articles, and short, with about 17 articles (Fig. 21A). Dorsal cirri dark, with numerous inclusions inside articles. Parapodia distally slightly bilobed. Ventral parapodial cirri digitiform, shorter than parapodial lobes. Compound chaetae with bidentate blades, proximal tooth shorter than distal one, and short spines on margin (Fig. 21B, C, D). Anterior parapodia with 14 compound chaetae each, with blades 40µm long above, 26µm long below (Fig. 21B); midbody parapodia with seven compound chaetae, with blades 37µm long above, 26µm long below (Fig. 21C); posterior parapodia with 5–6 compound chaetae each, with blades shorter, 26µm long above, 20µm long below (Fig. 21D). Dorsal simple chaetae on posterior parapodia only, slightly bidentate (Fig. 21E). Ventral simple chaetae only on far posterior segments, more distinctly bidentate than dorsal one (Fig. 21F). Anterior parapodia with three aciculae each, distally acute, one more slender than others and slightly distally oblique (Fig. 21G), two aciculae in each midbody parapodium, thick and distally straight, one larger than other (Fig. 21H), and one solitary acicula in each posteriormost parapodium, distally acute, extending beyond parapodial lobes (Fig. 21I). Pharynx extending through about 10 segments; pharyngeal tooth on anterior margin of pharynx (Fig. 21A). Proventricle through 12 segments, with about 30 muscle cell rows and a midline. Pygidium with two anal cirri, with 21–23 articles. Remarks. All the Australian specimens agree fairly well with the descriptions of this species, but differ in some aspects. They seem to be more robust and some of them lack the typical colour pattern, probably because of the type of fixation and length of time in alcohol, and others have the colour pattern not as marked as those found in Mediterranean specimens. Furthermore, the Mediterranean specimens have the posterior aciculae more or less darkly pigmented, which are yellowish in the Australian examined specimens. Syllis variegata is considered as a cosmopolitan species, but seems unlikely; and a revision of worldwide populations S. variegata may reveal several cryptic species. Some species having the same characteristic colour pattern have been described, such as Syllis westheidei San Martín, 1984; Syllis ferrani Alós and San Martín, 1987; and Syllis alosae San Martín, 1992, as well as another species still undescribed from the Philippines (see San Martín 1992, 2003; Alós & San Martín 1987). In the case of the Australian specimens, we did not find sufficient morphological differences to describe as a different species, but we suggest that they may be a different species which needs to be confirmed by molecular studies. Habitat. Found from intertidal to 18 m in shelly sediment. Distribution. Apparently Cosmopolitan. May be a suite of cryptic species., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 289-291, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Grube, A. E. (1860) Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. F ¸ nter Beitrag. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 26, 71 - 118. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 11291","Langerhans, P. (1879) Die Wurmfauna von Madeira. Zeitschrift Fur Wissenschaftliche Zoology, 32, 513 - 592.","Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta I, Errantia. Die Fauna S ¸ dwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse des Hamburger Sudwest-australischen Forschungreise, 4 (5), 65 - 304. [1905]","Augener, H. (1927) Polychaeten von S ¸ dost- und S ¸ d-Australien. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen's Pacific Expedition 1914 - 16. XXXVIII, 34. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk naturhistorisk Foreining i KObenhavn, 83, 71 - 275.","Haswell, W. A. (1920) Australian Syllidae, Eusyllidae and Autolytidae. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, 24, 90 - 112.","Fauvel, P. (1923) Polychetes Errantes. En: Faune de France. Vol. 5. Le Chevalier, Paris, 486 pp.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1980) Teil 4. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Exmouth im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 77, 41 - 110.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1981) Teil 6. Die Polychaeten der tropischsubtropischen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Exmouth im Norden und Cervantes im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 78, 19 - 96.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1982) Teil 8. Die Polychaeten der subtropischen - antiborealen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Cervantes im Norden und Cape Naturaliste im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 79, 51 - 118.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Teil 10. Die Polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 81, 7 - 62.","Langerhans, P. (1881) Ueber einige canarische Anneliden. Nova Acta Academiae Leopoldino-Carolinae Germanicae Naturae Curiosorum, 42, 93 - 124.","Day, J. H. (1967) A monograph on the Polychaeta of southern Africa. Vol. 1. Errantia & Vol. 2. Sedentaria. Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History), London, pp. viii + 458 + ix - xxix & pp. xviii + 459 - 878.","Hutchings, P. & Rainer, S. (1979) The polychaete fauna of Careel Bay, Pittwater, New South Wales, Australia. Journal of Natural History, 13, 745 - 796. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222937900770561","Hutchings, P. & Murray, A. (1984) Taxonomy of polychaetes from the Hawkesbury River and the southern estuaries of New South Wales, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 3, 1 - 118. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.3.1984.101","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Alos, M. C. & San Martin, G. (1987) Descripcion de Syllis ferrani n. sp.: nuevo Syllidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) en el Mediterraneo. Publicaciones del Departamento de Zoologia - Universidad de Barcelona, 13, 35 - 44.","San Martin, G. (1992) Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1818 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Cuba, the Gulf of Mexico, Florida and North Carolina, with a revision of several species described by Verrill. Bulletin of Marine Science, 51 (2), 167 - 196."]}

Syllis augeneri Haswell, 1920 Figure 2 Syllis (Typosyllis) augeneri Haswell, 1920: 98, pl. 11, Figs 19 –22.— Aguado et al. 2008: 21, fig. 8. Material examined. AUSTRALIA, NEW SOUTH WALES: Split Solitary, 30° 15’S, 153°10’ 30” E, coll. 23 June 1992, 16.6 m, AM W.53783, 4 specimens. Boat Harbour, south of Port Stephens, 32° 46’ 59” S, 152° 06’ E, coll. 14 March 2006, 1 m in amongst Galeolaria, AM W. 53787. Newport, 33° 39’S, 33° 39’S, coll. 28 April 2005, in intertidal rock pools, AM W.32034, 2 specimens. NSW 3397, Sydney Harbour, east side of Cockatoo Island, 33° 50’ 53” S, 151° 10’ 30” E, coll. 5 March 2009, 4 m on SCUBA, scraping on pontoon, AM W.53785, 1 specimen. Fairlight, Port Jackson, 33° 48’ S, 151° 16’ 30” E, coll. 19 Feb 2006, C. Fraser & M. Capa, 1 m, balanoid barnacles and sponges, AM W.37695, 2 specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: WA 362, Cape Range National Park, inshore limestone reef off Neds Camp, 21° 59’ S, 113° 55’ E, coll. 02 Jan 1984, 1 m, AM W.53786, 9 specimens. NORTHERN TERRITORY: NT339, Darwin Harbour, Lee Point, 12° 20’ S, 12° 20’ S, coll. 16 July 1993, 3 m, on SCUBA, coral rubble, AM W.29548, 3 specimens. Additional material examined 1 syntype AM W.505, Australia, New South Wales, Port Jackson, 33º51’S, 151º16’E. Diagnosis. Midbody dorsal cirri moderately long; antennae tentacular and anterior dorsal cirri somewhat longer. Compound chaetae of two kinds, few dorsal ones with elongated falcigers and remaining chaetae with distinctly shorter, finely bidentate blades. Posterior aciculae acuminate. Description. Longest complete specimen, 9 mm long, 0.45 mm wide, with 85 chaetigers. Prostomium oval, wider than long, with two pairs of eyes in trapezoidal arrangement, two eyespots usually indistinct (Fig. 2A). Antennae all of similar length, slightly longer than combined length of prostomium and palps together. Median antenna between posterior eyes, with about 16–18 articles; lateral antennae inserted in front of anterior eyes, with 15–16 articles. Palps broad, triangular, slightly longer than prostomium, fused at base, with distinct median groove. Peristomium shorter than subsequent segments, with two pairs of tentacular cirri (Fig. 2A). Dorsal tentacular cirri slightly longer than lateral antennae, with about 18 articles, ventral ones with 10–11 articles. Dorsal cirri relatively short, shorter or similar in length to body width and small differences of length between long and short cirri; in midbody, long cirri with about 18 articles and short ones with about 13 articles (Fig. 2A). Ventral cirri digitiform, inserted proximally. Compound chaetae including per parapodium few dorsal chaetae with elongated, bidentate blades (Fig. 2B, D, F), and some chaetae with distinctly shorter, bidentate blades, and dorso-ventral gradation in length (Fig. 2C, E, G). Anterior parapodia each with 3–4 long-bladed chaetae, blades 30–36 μm long (Fig. 2B), and 8–10 chaetae with shorter blades 22–23 μm long above, 14 μm below (Fig. 2C); distal tip of long blades curved, with proximal tooth small and close to distal one and short spines on edge (Fig. 2B); remaining blades with short proximal tooth and moderately long spines on margin (Fig. 2C). Midbody chaetigers with two compound long-bladed chaetae, similar to those of anterior parapodia, but longer (50 μm long) (Fig. 2D) and about eight chaetae similar to those of anterior parapodia, 28 μm long above, 18 μm below (Fig. 2E). Posterior parapodia each with one long-bladed chaeta (sometimes two, and lacking in most posterior parapodia), about 45 μm long (Fig. 2F), and six compound bidentate chaetae of similar sizes and shape to those of midbody (Fig. 2G). Dorsal simple chaetae slender, slightly bidentate (Fig. 2H), only on posterior parapodia. Ventral simple chaetae on most posterior parapodia only, very slightly bidentate (Fig. 2I). Anterior parapodia each with 2–3 slender aciculae (Fig. 2J), reducing to two on midbody parapodia, one subdistally inflated, acuminate, and other pointed (Fig. 2K), and solitary on posterior parapodia, acuminate (Fig. 2L). Pygidium with two long anal cirri, each with about 20 articles, and one short median stylus. Pharynx long, extending through 8–11 segments; tooth conical, on anterior margin. Proventricle extending through eight segments (up to 14 when body contracted, Fig. 2A), with 30–35 muscle cell rows. Remarks. Syllis augeneri is characterized by having relatively short dorsal cirri and compound chaetae which includes a few dorsal ones with elongated blades, but not as long as to be considered as spiniger-like chaetae, and other falcigers with dorso-ventral gradation in length of blades. The distal tooth of long-bladed chaetae is curved, somewhat rounded, with short proximal tooth, close to distal one. Aguado et al. (2008) examined one syntype from Port Jackson, NSW, and concluded that the single, incomplete examined specimen from Indonesia belongs to this species; although there are some discrepancies between that description and the syntype from Australia, but this could be due to differences in size or maturity. Habitat. Sand and shells, amongst serpulids and other encrusting organisms, rock pools, inside limestone rocks, coral rubble. Intertidal and shallow substrates. Distribution. Australia (NSW, WA). Indonesia., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 255-257, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Haswell, W. A. (1920) Australian Syllidae, Eusyllidae and Autolytidae. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, 24, 90 - 112.","Aguado, M. T., San Martin, G. & ten Hove, H. (2008) Syllidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from Indonesia collected by the Siboga (1899 - 1900) and Snellius II (1984) expeditions. Zootaxa, 1673 (1), 1 - 48. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 1673.1.1"]}

Syllis truncata Haswell, 1920 Figure 20 Syllis truncata Haswell, 1920: 94, pl. 10, figs 7–14. Typosyllis truncata.— Licher 1999: 160, pl. 71. Typosyllis subterranea.— Hartmann-Schröder, 1962: 93, Figs 72–74; 1965b: 288. Material examined. AUSTRALIA, QUEENSLAND: 01- Liz 52-2, Outer Yonge Reef, Great Barrier Reef, 14°36’ S, 145°38’E, coll. 24 Jan 1977, 30 m, hand collected on SCUBA, coral rubble, AM W.53808, 6 specimens. NEW SOUTH WALES: Boat Harbour, south of Port Stephens, 32° 46’ 59” S, 152° 06’ E, coll. 14 March 2006, hand collected on snorkel, in amongst Galeolaria caespitosa, AM W. 53811, 4 specimens. Newport, 33° 39’ S, 151° 19’ E. coll. 22 Jul 2005, intertidal rock pools in Corallina sp., AM. W.53810, 1 specimen. NSW 3399, Sydney Harbour, White Bay Berth 3, 33° 51’ 47” S, 151° 11’ 00” E, coll. 05 March 2009, 11.8 m, hand collected on SCUBA, scraping on wharf piles, AM W.53812, 3 specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: St. 21, Ningaloo Reef, 22° 17’ 00” S, 118° 48°, coll. 19 June 2008, intertidal algal turf, AM W.53809, 2 specimens. St. 50, Kimberley region, East Montalivet Island, 15° 06’ S, 15° 06’ S, coll. 15 July 1988, intertidal, AM W.53813, 1 specimen. Additional material examined. AUSTRALIA, NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, Lectotype, AM W 506. Diagnosis. Segments wide and short. Dorsal cirri similar in length to body width or shorter. Compound chaetae with few, usually one, dorsal falcigers with blade bidentate and short spines on margin, slender and longer than remaining, distally broad; remaining chaetae with shorter blades, bidentate and moderately long spines on margin. Dorsal simple chaetae truncate. Posterior aciculae with tip ending in right angle. Description. Longest complete specimen 10 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, with 114 chaetigers. Body relatively long, thick, with wide and short, well-marked segments, without colour pattern (up to 20 mm long, 120 chaetigers, reddish when alive, according to Haswell 1920); small specimens much more slender, filiform. Prostomium rectangular; four eyes in trapezoidal arrangement. Palps broad, similar in length to prostomium (Fig. 20A). Median antenna arising between posterior eyes, with 20–23 articles, almost twice as long as combined length of prostomium and palps; lateral antennae shorter than median one, with 15–17 articles. Peristomium dorsally distinctly shorter than subsequent segments (Fig. 20A). Dorsal tentacular cirri similar in length to, or slightly longer than, median antenna, with about 22 articles; ventral tentacular cirri about 2/3 as long as dorsal ones, with 13–14 articles. Dorsal parapodial cirri shorter than body width, with well marked articles; distinct, large, hyaline inclusions inside the dorsal parapodial cirri, especially from proventricular segments onwards (Fig. 20A), alternating long and short, no marked difference of length, with about 22 articles long ones, 15 articles on short ones in midbody (Fig. 20A). Parapodia conical. Ventral parapodial cirri digitiform, shorter than parapodial lobes. Compound chaetae of each parapodium with 1–2 dorsalmost chaetae provided with distinctly longer and slender blades, distally rounded on tip, and small proximal tooth, close to distal one, straight or slightly curved, and moderate spines on margins (Fig. 20B, C, D, left), 28μm on anterior parapodia, somewhat longer, 32 μm on midbody and posterior parapodia, and about 8–10 chaetae with shorter blades, distally acute, with proximal tooth smaller than distal one, longer spines on margin, and dorso-ventral gradation in length, 21–13 µm long on anterior parapodia, 25–14 µm on midbody and posterior parapodia. Blades of remaining chaetae of each parapodium with more separated teeth and longer spines on margin (Fig. 20B, C, D), and dorsoventral gradation in length. Dorsal simple chaetae only on posterior parapodia, distally truncate (Fig. 20E). Ventral simple chaetae only on far posterior segments, minute, apparently unidentate, only seen on one specimen.Anterior parapodia with two slender aciculae each, distally rounded (Fig. 20F), reducing to one on midbody and posterior parapodia, distally ending in right angle (Fig. 20G). Pharynx long, extending through about 11 segments; pharyngeal tooth elongated, conical, acute, on anterior margin of pharynx (Fig. 20A). Proventricle similar in length to pharynx, through eight segments, with about 30 muscle cell rows. Pygidium with two anal cirri, and a median stylus. Remarks. Syllis truncata belongs to a group of species with truncate dorsal simple chaeta and posterior aciculae ending in right angle (foot-like). Some Australian species of this group are S. albanyensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1984), S. erikae (Hartmann-Schröder, 1981), S. macrodentata (Hartmann-Schröder, 1982), S. rosea (Langerhans, 1879), S. edensis (Hartmann-Schröder, 1989), were redescribed in the two previous papers on Australian Syllis (Álvarez-Campos et al. 2015, San Martín et al. 2017) as well as S. pharynxcircunfusata (Hartmann-Schröder, 1979) (see above). Other species of this group are the European species S. amica Quatrefages, 1865, S. kabilika BenEliahu, 1977, S. pulvinata (Langerhans, 1881), S. cryptica Ben-Eliahu, 1977, S. thyrrena (Licher & Kuper, 1998) (see San Martín, 2003) (some also described or reported from other areas). The species of this group in which the sexual stolon is known have the Tetracerous type. The examined specimens agree with Haswell’ type specimen; such specimen was previously examined by BenEliahu (1977) and was also redescribed by Licher (1999). Habitat. Coral rubble, amongst serpulids, algae. Intertidal and subtidal. Distribution. Australia (QLD, NSW)., Published as part of Martín, Guillermo San, Lucas, Yolanda & Hutchings, Pat, 2023, The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1881 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (Part 3): new species and redescription of previously described species, pp. 251-295 in Zootaxa 5230 (3) on pages 287-289, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5230.3.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7561385, {"references":["Haswell, W. A. (1920) Australian Syllidae, Eusyllidae and Autolytidae. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, 24, 90 - 112.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1962) Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der chilenischen Pazifikk ¸ ste und der argenstinischen K ¸ ste S ¸ dpatagoniens unter besonderer Ber ¸ cksichtigung der Polychaeten und Ostracoden. Die Polychaeten der Eulitorals. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 60 (Supplement Volume), 57 - 169.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1984) Teil 10. Die Polychaeten der antiborealen S ¸ dk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 81, 7 - 62.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1981) Teil 6. Die Polychaeten der tropischsubtropischen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Exmouth im Norden und Cervantes im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 78, 19 - 96.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1982) Teil 8. Die Polychaeten der subtropischen - antiborealen Westk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Cervantes im Norden und Cape Naturaliste im S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 79, 51 - 118.","Langerhans, P. (1879) Die Wurmfauna von Madeira. Zeitschrift Fur Wissenschaftliche Zoology, 32, 513 - 592.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1989) Teil 14. Die Polychaeten der antiborealen und subtropisch-tropischen K ¸ ste S ¸ dost-Australiens zwischen Lakes Entrance (Victoria) im S ¸ den und Maclean (New South Wales) im Norden. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 86, 11 - 63.","San Martin, G., Alvarez-Campos, P. & Hutchings, P. (2017) The genus Syllis Savigny in Lamarck, 1818 (Annelida: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Australia (second part): four new species and re-description of twelve previously described species. Zootaxa, 4237 (2), 201 - 243. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4237.2.1","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1979) Teil 2. Die Polychaeten der tropischen Nordwestk ¸ ste Australiens (zwischen Port Samson in Norden und Port Hedland in S ¸ den). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 76, 75 - 218.","Langerhans, P. (1881) Ueber einige canarische Anneliden. Nova Acta Academiae Leopoldino-Carolinae Germanicae Naturae Curiosorum, 42, 93 - 124.","Ben-Eliahu, N. M. (1977) Polychaete cryptofauna from rims of similar intertidal vermetid reefs on the Mediterranean coast of Israel and in the Gulf of Eilat: Syllinae and Eusyllinae (Polychaeta Errantia: Syllidae). Israel Journal of Zoology, 26, 1 - 58."]}

Syllis similisunzima n. sp. Figures 17, 18 Material examined. AUSTRALIA. NEW SOUTH WALES: NSW 3382, Pittwater, pontoon 400 m east of The Basin, 33° 36’ 09” S, 151° 17’ 49” E, coll. 4 May 2009, 11.9 m, hand collected on SCUBA, scraping of pontoon, Holotype AM. W.35404; Sydney Harbour, White Bay Berth 3, 33° 51’ 47” S, 151° 11’ 00” E, coll. 5 March 2009, 11.8 m, hand collected on SCUBA, scraping of wharf, AM W.53806, 5 paratypes. Diagnosis. Single transversal, purple to brown, band on anterior segments; double band from segments anterior to proventricle backwards. Dorsal cirri long and slender, alternating in length in midbody. Compound chaetae bidentate falcigers, with small proximal tooth and short spines on margin. Posterior aciculae distally rounded, apparently hollow on tips. Pharyngeal tooth located back from anterior margin of pharynx. Description. Longest complete paratype, broken into two pieces, 7 mm long, 0.47 mm wide, 61 chaetigers. Holotype smaller, an anterior part with regenerating posterior end, 4.2 mm long, 31 chaetigers. Body of medium size, elongate, cylindrical, with a distinctive colour pattern, anterior segments dorsally dark, each segment with a purple to brown or reddish band, anteriorly less marked; from proventricle onwards two slender transverse bands, anterior larger and less marked, posteriorly thin and darker; from midbody, only one thin transverse band, present just before intersegmental furrow, and some scattered spots of pigment dorsally on segments (Fig. 17A), or forming two rows, anterior light and posterior darker; some scattered pigment on prostomium. Prostomium oval, with two pairs of red eyes in trapezoidal arrangement and pair of anterior eyespots (Fig. 17A). Palps triangular, as long as prostomium. Antennae, tentacular and dorsal cirri slender and distinctly articulated (Fig. 17A, B). Median antenna much longer than prostomium and palps together, with about 37 articles, arising between posterior pair of eyes; lateral antennae distinctly shorter than median one, about half the length, with about 30–32 articles, originating in front of anterior pair of eyes (Fig. 17A). Peristomium shorter than subsequent segments; dorsal tentacular cirri similar to median antenna, with about 30 articles, ventral pair shorter, with about 18 articles. Dorsal cirri longer than body width, longer on anterior segments, with about 40, 15, 34, 37 articles on first four segments, and alternating in length in midbody and posteriorly, with about 36 articles longer, 20 articles shorter ones (Fig. 17B), diminishing in length posteriorly. Ventral cirri short, digitiform, not extending beyond parapodial lobes. Parapodial lobes distally bilobed (Fig. 17A). All falcigers heterogomph, bidentate with proximal tooth small, distally hooked, with long, thin spines on margin, numbering 7–8 per parapodium throughout; slight dorso-ventral gradation on anterior parapodia (Fig. 18A), 40 µm above, 25 µm below; compound chaetae of midbody all similar (Fig. 18B), broader than those of anterior segments, 33 µm above, 25 µm below; posterior compound chaetae (Fig. 18C) with smaller blades, 23–16 µm. Dorsal simple chaeta on posterior chaetigers, slender, subdistally spinulated, finely bidentate (Fig. 18D); ventral simple chaetae thin, sinuous, finely bidentate (Fig. 18E). Three aciculae in each anterior parapodium, distally rounded, difficult to see (Fig. 18F), two in midbody, distally rounded and hollow (Fig. 18G) and solitary in midposterior and posterior parapodia, distally hollow (Fig. 18H). Pharynx long, extending through 8–10 segments; large, conical tooth distinctly distant to anterior margin (Fig. 17A). Proventricle similar in length to pharynx, extending through 6–8 segments, with about 40–48 muscle cell rows, with midline (Fig. 17A). Pygidium rounded, with a digitiform median stylus and two long anal cirri, with about 40 articles. Remarks. Syllis similisunzima n. sp. is very similar to Syllis unzima Simon, San Martín & Robinson, 2014, from South Africa; both have similar colour pattern, size, shape of dorsal cirri, bilobed parapodial lobes, long and distinct pharyngeal tooth located distally from anterior margin of pharynx, and compound chaetae with slightly hooked blades. However, S. similisunzima n. sp. has darker pigmentation on anterior segments, the transverse row of pigment on midbody and posterior segments is just in front of the subsequent intersegmental furrow, not after, as happens in S. unzima, the blades of compound chaetae in S. similisunzima are bidentate (although the proximal tooth is small), whereas they are unidentate in S. unzima, the anterior chaetae in S. similisunzima are longer than those of S. unzima, the compound chaetae of S. unzima have longer spines on the margin than those of S. similisunzima, and finally, S. similisunzima has a longer proventricle than S. unzima, with more muscle cell rows and a marked midline, which is lacking in S. unzima. Furthermore, S. unzima is a viviparous species living associated with sea cucumbers of the genus Holothuria; none of the specimens of S. similisunzima shows any sign of viviparity, and they are free living. Etymology. The species is named after its similarity to Syllis unzima Simon, Robinson & San Martín, 2014; similis is a latin word that means “similar to”. Habitat. Scrapings of pylons in 12 m depth. Distribution. Australia (NSW).

Updated key to genera of Polynoinae sensu lato present in the Northeast Atlantic incl. the Mediterranean Sea Based on Barnich & Fiege (2003, 2009, 2010), Barnich (2011), Barnich et al. (2017), Chambers & Muir (1997), Charles et al. (2014), Fiege & Barnich (2009), Hartmann-Schröder (1996), Jourde et. al (2015), Núñez et al. (2015), Pettibone (1963), Ravara & Cunha (2016), Taboada et al. (2019) and this study. In order to allow for identification of anterior fragments, the current key avoids, where possible, the use of numbers of elytra and segments as main distinguishing character. 1. Dorsal tubercles T-shaped. (Cephalic peaks absent. Lateral antennae terminoventral. More than 15 pairs of elytra. More than 50 segments)..................................................... Acholoe Claparède, 1870 – Dorsal tubercles nodular................................................................................................................... 2 2. First three pairs of elytra modified, with translucent central area. (Cephalic peaks absent or present. Lateral antennae ventral. 15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)..................................................................................................................................................... Gorgoniapolynoe Pettibone, 1991 – First three pairs of elytra not modified............................................................................................. 3 3. Dorsum with one or more median nodules per segment, starting from segment 2. (Cephalic peaks absent. Lateral antennae ventral. 18 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)..................................................................................................................................................... Bathynoe Ditlevsen, 1917 – Dorsum without median nodules in anterior segments (may start later).......................................... 4 4. Prostomium with cephalic peaks (can be small or masked when prostomium in bad condition).... 5 – Prostomium without cephalic peaks............................................................................................... 18 5. Notochaetae with two kinds of tips. Lateral antennae ventral or terminoventral............................. 6 – Notochaetae all with similar, stout tip. Lateral antennae ventral...................................................... 9 6. Some notochaetae with slender furcate tip, most others with stout, entire tip. Cephalic peaks small. Lateral antennae terminoventral (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments).................................................................................................................................................. Pettibonesia Nemésio, 2006 – Notochaetae different. Cephalic peaks obvious. Lateral antennae ventral....................................... 7 7. Long notochaetae with stout, blunt tip, short notochaetae abruptly tapering to sharp, pointed tip (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)..................................... Neolagisca Barnich & Fiege, 2000 – Most notochaetae with elongate, capillary tip.................................................................................. 8 8. Neurochaetae all with short, unidentate tip. Notochaetae numerous. Elytra large, covering dorsum. Dorsum without median nodules (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments).................................................................................................................................................... Gattyana McIntosh, 1897 – Neurochaetae with two types of tip: short, bi- or unidentate or elongate, capillary. Notochaetae few. Elytra small, leaving mid-dorsum uncovered. Dorsum with or without small median nodule starting in mid-body (15 pairs of elytra. More than 50 segments)............................. Enipo Malmgren, 1866 9. Dorsum with large median nodule starting in mid-body. Cephalic peaks small. (15 pairs of elytra. More than 50 segments)................................................................................ Polynoe Lamarck, 1818 – Dorsum without median nodules. Cephalic peaks obvious............................................................ 10 10. Neurochaetae distally bill-shaped. Neuropodia elongate, without supra-acicular process (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)......................................................... Robertianella McIntosh, 1885 – Neurochaetae otherwise. Neuropodia with supra-acicular process.................................................11 11. Some neurochaetae with hairy, penicillate tip. (15–16 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)................................................................................................................ Austrolaenilla Bergström, 1916 – Neurochaetae otherwise.................................................................................................................. 12 12. Some neurochaetae slender with furcate tip. (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)................................................................................................................................. Eucranta Malmgren, 1866 – Neurochaetae otherwise.................................................................................................................. 13 13. All neurochaetae with unidentate tip.............................................................................................. 14 – Neurochaetae with bi- and unidentate tip....................................................................................... 15 14. Neurochaetae all with stout tip (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)........................................................................................................................................................... Eunoe Malmgren, 1866 – At least some neurochaetae with elongate, capillary tip (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)................................................................................................. Bylgides Chamberlin, 1919 15. Notopodium prominent. More than 50 segments, long tail uncovered by elytra. 15 pairs of elytra.................................................................................................................. Neopolynoe Loshamn, 1981 – Notopodium reduced. Fewer than 50 segments, dorsum covered by elytra or at most short tail uncovered........................................................................................................................................ 16 16. Elytra 18 pairs (elytral characters distinctive).................................. Acanthicolepis McIntosh, 1900 – Elytra 16 or 15 pairs....................................................................................................................... 17 17. Elytra 16 pairs (elytral characters distinctive)............................................. Leucia Malmgren, 1867 – Elytra 15 pairs (elytral characters distinctive).......................................... Harmothoe Kinberg, 1856 18. Neurochaetae with semilunar pockets. Lateral antennae ventral.................................................... 19 – Neurochaetae without semilunar pockets. Lateral antennae ventral or terminoventral.................. 20 19. Neuropodial acicular lobe rounded, neuroaciculum not penetrating epidermis. Notochaetae with few, scattered rows of spines (15 pairs of elytra. More than 50 segments)............................................................................................................................................................. Adyte Saint-Jospeh, 1899 – Neuropodial acicular lobe pointed, neuroaciculum penetrating epidermis.Notochaetae with numerous rows of spines (15–16 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)............... Subadyte Pettibone, 1969 20. Anteriormost neuropodia with stout hooks. Lateral antennae ventral or terminoventral (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments).................................................. Australaugeneria Pettibone, 1969 – Anteriormost neuropodia without hooks (15 pairs of elytra. Fewer than 50 segments)................. 21 21. Lateral antennae terminoventral. Neurochaetae all stout. (Notopodium reduced)............................................................................................................................................ Malmgrenia McIntosh, 1874 – Lateral antennae ventral. Neurochaetae with stout or capillary tip................................................ 22 22. Notopodium reduced. Neurochaetae all with stout, entire tip. Notochaetae very few (2-3), stout with faint rows of spines............................................................................................ Webbnesia gen. nov. – Notopodium prominent. Most neurochaetae with slender, capillary tip, some with stout, furcate tip. Notochaetae few, very stout, acicular, smooth......................................... Melaenis Malmgren, 1866, Published as part of Núñez, Jorge, Barnich, Ruth & Monterroso, Óscar, 2022, A new genus and species of Polynoidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from the Canary Islands, and update on taxa present in the Northeast Atlantic, pp. 55-74 in European Journal of Taxonomy 846 (1) on pages 69-71, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2022.846.1965, http://zenodo.org/record/7277225, {"references":["Barnich R. & Fiege D. 2003. The Aphroditoidea (Annelida, Polychaeta) of the Mediterranean Sea. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 559: 1 - 167.","Barnich R. 2011. Identification of scale worms in British and Irish waters. NMBAQC 2010 taxonomic workshop, Dove Marine Laboratory: 1 - 52.","Barnich R., Dietrich A., Hager T. & Fiege D. 2017. On the genera Malmgrenia McIntosh, 1874 and Pettibonesia Nemesio, 2006 in the Northeast Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea, with descriptions of two new species (Polychaeta: Polynoidae). Marine Biodiversity 49: 315 - 324. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / s 12526 - 017 - 0802 - 4","Chambers S. J. & Muir A. I. 1997. Polychaetes: British Chrysopetaloidea, Pisionoidea and Aphroditoidea. Synopses of the British Fauna 54: 1 - 202.","Charles F., Guarini J. M. & Fanfard S. 2014. First record of Harmothoe mariannae Barnich & Fiege, 2009 (Polychaeta: Polynoidae) in the Mediterranean Sea, France. Check List 10 (3): 607 - 608. https: // doi. org / 10.15560 / 10.3.607","Barnich R. & Fiege D. 2009. Revision of the genus Harmothoe Kinberg, 1856 (Polychaeta: Polynoidae) in the Northeast Atlantic. Zootaxa 2104: 1 - 76. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 2104.1.1","Hartmann-Schroder G. 1996. Annelida, Borstenwurmer, Polychaeta [Annelida, bristleworms, Polychaeta]. 2 nd revised Ed. The Fauna of Germany and Adjacent Seas with their Characteristics and Ecology 58. Gustav Fischer, Jena, Germany.","Nunez J., Barnich R., Brito M. del C. & Fiege D. 2015. Familia Polynoidae Kinberg, 1855. In: Ramos et al. (eds) Annelida Polychaeta IV. Parapar J., Moreira J., Nunez J., Barnich R., Brito M. del C., Fiege D., Capaccioni-Azzati R. & El-Haddad M. Fauna Iberica, Vol. 41: 216 - 251. Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, CSIC, Madrid.","Pettibone M. H. 1963. Marine polychaete worms of the New England region. 1. Aphroditidae through Trochochaetidae. U. S. National Museum Bulletin 227 (1): 1 - 356. https: // doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 03629236.227.1","Ravara A. & Cunha M. R. 2016. Two new species of scale worms (Polychaeta: Aphroditiformia) from deep-sea habitats in the Gulf of Cadiz (NE Atlantic). Zootaxa 4097 (3): 442 - 450. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4097.3.12","Taboada S., Silva A. S., Neal L., Cristobo J., Rios P., Alvarez-Campos P., Hestetun J. T., Koutsouveli V., Sherlock E. & Riesgo A. 2019. Insights into the symbiotic relationship between scale worms and carnivorous sponges (Cladorhizidae, Chondrocladia). Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 156 (103191): 1 - 14. https: // doi. org / 10.1016 / j. dsr. 2019.103191","McIntosh W. C. 1885. Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 76. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. S. M. \" Challenger \", Zoology 12: 1 - 554."]}